manualshive.com logo in svg

FujiFilm ClearView CS, Руководство по обслуживанию, Страница: 1197 / 1404

Поделиться
Скачать
FujiFilm ClearView CS Скачать руководство пользователя страница 1197

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

Part No.  INDEX No.-Drawing No

CR-IR 363

 Service Manual

SP-128

SP-128

011-202-11E

06.29.2012 FM6046

363N2499 

03C-11

363N2538A 

11A-33

363N2538A 

11B-33

363N2538A 

11C-33

363N253C 

06C-13

363N2558 

05A-17

363Y0433 

04E-6

363Y0434A 

07G-8

363Y0449 

04G-11

363Y0450 

04F-1

363Y0453 

05D-31

363Y0455B/C 

04H-4

363Y0456B 

04G-10

363Y0457 

07G-9

363Y0460 

05A-15

363Y0461 

05E-27

363Y0461 

05F-27

363Y0462 

05D-32

363Y0466C 

07D-13

363Y0467A 

07A-20

363Y0468A 

07A-19

363Y0470 

04E-8

363Y0471/A/B 

04H-6

363Y0477 

02B-3

363Y0477 

02C-3

363Y0478A 

02A-7

363Y0480 

07A-25

363Y0482A 

07C-6

363Y0483C 

07D-14

363Y0484A 

07D-15

363Y0488A/B 

05D-23

363Y0489/A 

06D-12

363Y0494 

06C-14

363Y0495B/D 

10H-7

363Y100151/A 

07E-16

363Y100422 

04E-7.2

363Y100425 

04E-5.2

363Y100426 

07G-7.2

364N0103B/C 

07H-9

364N0103B/C 

11A-11

364S0005 

02B-5

366N0072B 

03H-34

367N1006 

02A-1.2

367N1008 

02A-1.1

367S2059 

02A-2

369N0263C 

07H-10

369N0266B 

07H-11

369N0267D 

07H-12

370N0255B 

03F-12

370N0395B 

03D-9

370N0395B 

03E-9

372S0049/A 

03D-10

372S0049/A 

03E-10

372S0049/A 

03F-13

372S0050/A 

03D-11

372S0050/A 

03E-11

372S0050/A 

03F-14

372S0053/A 

03D-12

372S0053/A 

03E-12

375N0099 

02D-1

375S0040 

03F-15

376N0234 

01B-10

376N0238 

01A-5

376N0238 

01B-9

376N100047 

01C-5

376N100047 

01D-9

376N100047 

01E-5

376N100047 

01F-9

382N100358 

02A-6.2

382N100359 

02A-5.2

382N1590A 

02A-6.1

382N1591A 

02A-5.1

382N1621 

02A-12

382N1622  

02A-14

382N1623 

02A-11

382N1624 

02A-13

382N1634 

07A-33

382N1636A 

01A-22

382N1636A 

01C-22

382N1636A 

01E-22

384N0076A 

07C-31

384N0077 

07C-30

384N0081A 

03F-18

384N0082 

03F-19

384N0083 

03F-20

384N0103 

05D-36

384N100012 

07E-20

384N100013 

07E-19

386N1170 

07E-18

386N1172 

07C-35

386Y0048 

10I-1

386Y0049 

10I-10

387N0119E 

05A-20

387N0120C/D/E 

10B-12

387N0120C/D/E 

10C-12

387N0130D/E/F 

02B-10

387N0130D/E/F 

02C-10

387N0130D/E/F 

03A-12

387N0130D/E/F 

03B-12

387N0130D/E/F 

03C-12

387N0130G 

02A-9

387N0131B/C 

02B-9

387N0131B/C 

02C-9

387N0131B/C 

06C-20

387N0131D 

02A-8

387N0137E 

05A-19

387N0138C 

10B-13

387N0138C 

10C-13

387N0138C 

10H-1

387N0168 

04D-10

387N0168 

04D-13

387N100001A 

10G-3

388N100164A 

07D-18

388N1073 

10A-16

388N1073 

10B-10

388N1073 

10C-10

388N1158A 

03H-35

388N1211A 

02B-1

388N1211A 

02C-1

388N1213A 

04A-9

388N1215 

04A-13

388N1223 

05E-23

388N1223 

05F-23

388N1223 

07C-27

388N1224A 

03H-17

388N2227A 

10A-17

388N2434A 

10B-11

388N2434A 

10C-11

388N2435  

10G-17

388N2447B 

03A-13

388N2447B 

03B-13

388N2447B 

03C-13

388N2447B 

05E-24

388N2447B 

05F-24

388N2447B 

07C-28

388N2448A 

05B-21

388N2448A 

07C-7

388N2449 

03H-36

388N2458A 

05D-1

388N2458A 

06E-7

388N2458A 

06E-14

388N2458A 

07F-1

388N2472B 

05D-34

388N2472B 

06D-1

388N2472B 

06D-15

388N2473B 

06D-9

388N2474A 

05C-3

388N2477 

10D-9

388N2477 

10D-25

388N2485A 

03G-15

388N2517 

04D-2

388N2517 

04F-6

388N2517 

04F-8

388N2517 

04F-14

388N2517 

04G-2

388N2517 

04G-17

388N2518 

04E-1

388N2518 

04E-9

388N2520 

04H-1

388N2521 

05D-35

388N2523 

05A-16

388N2524A 

05D-2

388N2524A 

06E-2

388N2524A 

06E-10

388N2524A 

07F-6

388N2525 

06A-15

388N2526 

10F-8

388N2526 

10F-10

388N2527A 

10F-9

388N2527A 

10F-11

388N2531A 

07D-16

388N2532A 

07D-17

388N2536A 

05D-24

388N2537A 

05D-25

388N2537A 

05D-26

388N2540 

07E-6

388N2540 

07E-17

388N2545 

07A-18

388N2546 

05D-3

388N2549 

07D-3

388N2551 

07D-23

388N2552 

07D-24

388N2552 

07D-25

388N3081B 

03A-14

388N3081B 

03B-14

388N3081B 

03C-14

388N3098A 

03H-37

388N5269 

04D-6

388N5269 

05A-6

388N5269 

06C-8

388N5269 

07A-22

388N5269 

07G-10

392N0009A 

03F-16

394S0036 

01A-14

394S0036 

01C-14

394S0036 

01E-14

398N0067C 

03A-15

398N0067C 

03B-15

398N100032 

03C-15

401N0848B/C 

10H-2

405N0186 

03A-16

405N0186 

03B-16

405N0186 

03C-16

405N0186 

04H-7

405N0186 

05D-33

405N0186 

05E-28

405N0186 

05F-28

405N0186 

06E-8

405N101759 

01C-25

405N101759 

01E-25

405N101759 

03B-30

405N101759 

03C-30

405N101760 

01C-24

405N101760 

01E-24

405N2505/A 

01B-7

405N2505A 

02B-21

405N2505A 

02C-21

405N3060A 

01A-25

405N3060A 

03A-30

405N3068A 

01A-24

407Y0027/A 

07A-14

407Y0028A 

07I-6

407Y0029 

07I-7

407Y0030/A 

07I-8

602Y100002 

10G-18

603Y0061A 

03A-27

603Y0062A 

03A-28

603Y0063B 

03A-29

603Y0064A 

01A-12

603Y0066 

07I-9

603Y0090 

01C-12

603Y0090 

01E-12

603Y0090 

03B-34

603Y0090 

03C-34

603Y100030A 

07J-7

606Y0077A 

09A-3.1

606Y0079A 

09C-3

606Y100039 

09A-3.2

606Y100062 

09D-3

606Y100065 

09A-3.3

606Y100065 

09B-3

813Y100047 

02C-22

839Y0058F/G/H/J/K 

08A-1

839Y0058F/G/H/J/K 

08B-1

840Y100199 

07J-8

840Y100201 

07J-1

849Y0097C/D 

11A-1

849Y100055 

11B-40

849Y100163 

11C-40

852N100004A 

03B-32

852N100004A 

03C-32

852Y0074/A/B 

03A-31

852Y0074/A/B 

05E-29

852Y100043 

05F-33

898Y0981 

18-3

898Y1001A 

11D-1

898Y1167 

03H-38

Y22S0114 

18-1

Y22S0115 

18-2

 14

 

部品番号検索表

 

PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

Содержание ClearView CS

Страница 1: ...d LEDs DRV17A 17B Board LEDs Unit Locations Roller Locations Conveyance Paths Image Data Flows Sensitivity Shading Correction Parts List INDEX Installation Specifications Preparation for Installation...

Страница 2: ...rlinks A hyperlinks is inserted at the blue colored mark in this manual Clicking it allows you to jump to the reference chapter or section Example of Hyperlink MC 3 1_Covers Clicking it allows you to...

Страница 3: ...3 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 4: ...4 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 5: ...n No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted Copyright 2003 2012 FUJIFILM Corporation All rights reserved The relationship between mR milliroentgen which is the unit of radiation and C kg...

Страница 6: ...BLANK PAGE...

Страница 7: ...r part of the contents of this manual to persons other than the afore described technical service personnel Use a whole or part of the contents of this manual for purposes other than technical servici...

Страница 8: ...by use of servicing instruments and tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not been inspec...

Страница 9: ...ls 3 2 1 1 Laser Precaution Label Attachment Locations 3 2 1 2 List of CR IR 363 Laser Precaution Labels 4 2 2 Other Labels 7 2 2 1 Attachment Locations for Ratings Indication Label and Other Labels 7...

Страница 10: ...1 1 2 Available IP Sizes and Types 1 1 3 List of Optional Items 2 1 4 Product Specifications 2 1 5 Dimensions Weight and Center of Gravity 2 1 6 Means for Moving and Fixing the Machine 3 1 7 Environme...

Страница 11: ...chanism and Its Operation MD 48 4 1 Descriptions of CR IR 363 Scanner Operation MD 48 4 1 1 Scanner Controller Unit Operation Sequence MD 48 4 1 2 Respective Correction Data MD 49 4 1 3 Relationship b...

Страница 12: ...3 Filter of Erasure Lamp MD 69 6 Nothing MD 70 7 Updated Contents of the Software Programs MD 71 7 1 Changes in Updates MD 71 7 2 Addition of Function of Reading IP Type ST BD Only for CR IR 363 MD 75...

Страница 13: ...ure Dose MD 85 7 10 1 OPER LOG and Storage Folder MD 85 7 10 2 Contents of OPER LOG MD 85 7 11 Countermeasure against Abnormal Indication on the ERROR DB MD 86 7 11 1 Abnormal Indication on the ERROR...

Страница 14: ...Flow Mechanism 29 MT 90 4 30 Error Code Analysis Flow Mechanism 30 MT 91 4 31 Error Code Analysis Flow Mechanism 31 MT 92 4 32 Error Code Analysis Flow Mechanism 32 MT 93 4 33 Error Code Analysis Flow...

Страница 15: ...de Analysis Flow Scanner 8 MT 113 5 9 Error Code Analysis Flow Scanner 9 MT 114 5 10 Error Code Analysis Flow Scanner 10 MT 115 5 11 Error Code Analysis Flow Scanner 11 MT 116 5 12 Error Code Analysis...

Страница 16: ...Check Flow MT 143 9 3 2 Procedures for Checking the SNS17B Board Fuses MT 143 9 4 DRV17A B Board MT 144 9 4 1 Check Flow MT 144 9 4 2 Procedures for Checking the DRV17A Board Fuses MT 145 9 4 3 Proced...

Страница 17: ...res via LEDs on the SNS Board 10 MT 181 10 14 Sensor Check Flow 11 MT 182 10 14 1 Check Procedures via Monitoring Function 11 MT 183 10 14 2 Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 11 MT 184 10 15...

Страница 18: ...anner I O Check Flow MT 231 13 2 Checking Laser ON in MUTL MT 232 13 3 Checking the Cable MT 233 13 4 Checking the PMT PMR MT 234 14 Line Error between CL and RU MT 235 14 1 Analysis Flow for Line Err...

Страница 19: ...to SC4 SG1 to SG2 SD1 to SD2 SE1 to SE2 SE4 to SE5 MT 267 17 7 Sensors SB1 to SB11 MT 268 17 8 Sensors SZ1 to SZ5 and FFM Motor MZ1 MT 269 17 9 Motors MA1 to MA4 MD1 to MD2 ME1 ME3 MZ2 to MZ3 MT 270...

Страница 20: ...king the Erasure Conveyer Unit 1 MT 306 22 2 1 Checking the Tab of the Timing Belt Wheel MT 306 22 2 2 Checking the Housing and the Bearing MT 307 22 2 3 Checking the Tension Coil Spring MT 307 22 3 C...

Страница 21: ...nation Sensor SG2 MC 25 4 13 Cassette Hold Release Pin MC 26 4 14 Power Supply Assembly 50001 or Later MC 27 4 15 Power Supply Unit 50001 or Later MC 29 4 16 PSU29A Board 50001 or Later MC 30 4 17 Tou...

Страница 22: ...MC 78 5 44 1 Removal Procedures Actuator 366N0059A MC 78 5 44 2 Removal Procedures Actuator 366N0072B MC 80 5 44 3 Reinstallation Procedures Actuator 366N0059A MC 82 5 44 4 Reinstallation Procedures A...

Страница 23: ...d and Fourth Shelves MC 123 6 27 Guides for the First Second Third and Fourth Shelves MC 124 6 27 1 Removal Procedures MC 124 6 27 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 125 6 28 Guide Convergence Unit Lower...

Страница 24: ...181 7 31 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 184 8 Post Reading Conveyor Unit MC 189 8 1 Post Reading Conveyor Unit MC 189 8 1 1 Nothing MC 189 8 1 2 Post Reading Conveyor Unit For CR IR 363 MC 195 8 1 2 1...

Страница 25: ...MC 241 9 22 Shock Absorbing Roller Assembly MC 241 9 23 Branch Path Guide Driving Solenoid SOLE1 MC 242 9 24 Reflection Plate MC 243 9 25 Timing Belt A MC 244 9 25 1 Removal Procedures MC 244 9 25 2...

Страница 26: ...C 290 9 51 1 Removal Procedures MC 290 9 51 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 291 9 52 Erasure Lamp Assembly 50001 or later MC 293 9 53 INV26A Board 50001 or later MC 295 9 54 ERS23A Board 50001 or later...

Страница 27: ...Center Guide MC 358 12 28 Driving Shaft Grip Roller Lower and Driven Shaft Grip Roller Lower MC 359 12 29 Grounding Wires MC 360 12 30 Shock Absorbing Rubbers MC 361 12 31 Subscanning Unit Top MC 362...

Страница 28: ...Special Sensitivity Correction for IP Type HR and HR BD MC 422 18 3 1 Special Sensitivity Correction for IP Type HR BD Using Tungsten X ray Tube MC 422 18 3 2 Special Sensitivity Correction for IP Ty...

Страница 29: ...3 3 Default Gateway MU 10 3 3 4 Subnet Mask MU 11 3 3 5 Secure Host MU 12 3 3 6 Secure Net MU 13 3 3 7 Network Check MU 14 3 3 8 Loop back Test MU 15 3 3 9 Adjust Touch Point MU 16 3 3 10 Touch Point...

Страница 30: ...Address Display MU 63 3 5 VERSION UP MU 63 3 5 1 Main CPU IPL Ver Up MU 63 3 5 2 Sub CPU IPL Ver Up MU 63 3 5 3 Sub CPU APPL Ver Up MU 63 4 Virtual Image Check MU 64 4 1 CORRECTION ST HR MU 64 4 2 Vir...

Страница 31: ...104 6 4 3 Cleaning Guide Diagnostic MU 105 6 4 4 Side Positioning BCRC1 MU 105 6 5 Sub Scanning 1 MU 106 6 5 1 Sub Scanning Grip HP MZ2 MU 106 6 5 2 Sub Scanning Grip Diagnostic Step Operation MZ2 MU...

Страница 32: ...or 2 MU 127 7 3 1 Path Change Guide SOLF1 MU 127 7 3 2 FANE2 INV MU 128 7 3 3 FANE3 LAMP MU 129 7 3 4 Erasure Conveyor ME1 MU 130 7 3 5 LAMP LAMP1 5 MU 130 7 3 6 Erasure Unit Thermal Sensor Display MU...

Страница 33: ...NVEYOR 3 SP 42 07D ERASURE CONVEYOR 4 SP 43 07E ERASURE CONVEYOR 5 SP 44 07F ERASURE CONVEYOR 6 SP 45 07G ERASURE CONVEYOR 7 SP 46 07H ERASURE CONVEYOR 8 20001 or Later SP 47 How to Use Service Parts...

Страница 34: ...G UNIT 2 SP 57 10C SUB SCANNING UNIT 3 60001 or Later SP 58 10D SUB SCANNING UNIT 4 SP 59 10E SUB SCANNING UNIT 5 SP 60 10F SUB SCANNING UNIT 6 SP 61 10G SUB SCANNING UNIT 7 SP 62 10H SUB SCANNING UNI...

Страница 35: ...20001 or later PM 15 5 5 Removing the Covers 3 Year Intervals 50001 or later PM 15 6 Turning OFF the High Voltage Switch PM 16 7 Cassette Set Unit PM 17 7 1 Removing the Feed Load Conveyor Unit PM 17...

Страница 36: ...de PM 73 12 1 Cleaning the Upper Light Collecting Guide PM 73 12 2 Nothing PM 75 12 3 Reinstalling the Post Reading Conveyor Unit PM 76 13 Erasure Conveyor Unit PM 80 13 1 Removing the Lamp Assembly P...

Страница 37: ...he Cables PM 121 19 2 Securing the Machine PM 122 19 3 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding PM 122 20 Checking the Image Conveyance PM 123 21 Checking the Laser Performance Sensitivity PM 123 21...

Страница 38: ...Repositioning the Retaining Members IN 22 4 4 Installing the Cover IN 24 5 Connecting the Cables IN 25 5 1 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking Resistance Value IN 25 5 2 Connecting the Interface...

Страница 39: ...ng Service Utility Appx IN 6 5 Verifying Switching of Master CL Appx IN 7 Appendix 3 Securing the Machine with the Anti Topple Retainers Appx IN 8 1 Components of Anti Topple Retainer Kit Appx IN 8 2...

Страница 40: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual 0 34 0 34 Contents Performance Check PC 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 Performance Check PC CR IR 363 Performance Check List PC 1 Installation Information PC 1 Checklist PC 1...

Страница 41: ...Corrections FM4425 1 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 4 17 10 02 2006 06 Change of Corporate Name and Corporate Logo FM4977 5 8 14 09 30 2008 07 Revision FM5340 4 19 09 30 2009 08E Revision FM5540 6...

Страница 42: ...otomultiplier may not be sufficiently discharged even after power is turned OFF When servicing such parts exercise due care to avoid electric shock hazards not to touch the connector and terminal care...

Страница 43: ...n this manual because you may be exposed to laser beam radiation Do not reflect a laser beam by placing a mirror or the like in the laser beam path Do not alter the light path of a laser beam Do not r...

Страница 44: ...1 Laser Precaution Label Attachment Locations Below are illustrated the protective housings and attachment locations of laser precaution labels as specified in Laser Products Conformance with IEC 6082...

Страница 45: ...FERENCE The laser caution label attached to the machine differs depending on its serial number Shown below are the laser caution labels to be attached to the machines with the serial numbers of 21390...

Страница 46: ...el attached to the machine differs depending on its serial number Shown below are the laser caution labels to be attached to the machines with the serial numbers of 21391 to 24336 HHS Certification an...

Страница 47: ...d to the machine differs depending on its serial number Shown below are the laser caution labels to be attached to the machines with the serial numbers of 24337 or later and 50001 or later HHS Certifi...

Страница 48: ...of label is different depending on destinations and machine serial numbers There are some equipment on which manufacturer labels are not attached depending on the serial numbers Attachment Position o...

Страница 49: ...han 21390 For use in Japan For use outside Japan Manufacturer Label of CR IR 363 Machines with Serial Numbers 21390 or Those Earlier than 21390 Ratings Indication Labels of CR IR 363 Machines with Ser...

Страница 50: ...ide Japan REFERENCE In case of CR IR 363 a manufacturer label is not attached on equipment whose serial numbers are 23900 or those later than 23900 Ratings Indication Labels of CR IR 363 Machines with...

Страница 51: ...ion 10 Safety Precaution 10 CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 2 2 2 Handling Instruction Labels and Attachment Locations Cassette Set Unit Feed Load Conveyor Unit Side Positioning...

Страница 52: ...Safety Precaution 11 Safety Precaution 11 CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 Post reading conveyor unit Erasure Conveyor Unit Light Collecting Guide Front...

Страница 53: ...Safety Precaution 12 Safety Precaution 12 CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 Light Collecting Guide Back...

Страница 54: ...3 Safety Precaution 13 CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 09E 10 24 2011 FM5964 Covers NOTE Always use a cable conforming to the specification at a position with a caution label applied Cassette Inserti...

Страница 55: ...estore the protective housings removed back exactly where they were Protective Housing of the Machine The removable protective housings of the machine are illustrated below The four covers marked by i...

Страница 56: ...cording to the EMC information described as follows Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect medical electrical equipment The use of accessories transducers and cables other than tho...

Страница 57: ...o application of the test level Guidance and manufacturer s declaration electromagnetic immunity The CR IR 363 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below The customer or th...

Страница 58: ...0 1 0 38 0 38 0 73 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 10 3 8 3 8 7 3 100 12 12 23 For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above the recommended separation distance d in metres m can be estimated using...

Страница 59: ...ment and IEC60601 1 for medical equipment Furthermore all configurations shall comply with the system standard IEC60601 1 1 2000 and IEC60601 1 2005 Chapter 16 Everybody who connects additional equipm...

Страница 60: ...ther systems confirm that the other systems are not affected If they are affected take countermeasures such as network separation After modifying the network confirm that this system is not affected I...

Страница 61: ...All pages 02 20 2004 03 Corrections FM4181 2 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 All pages 09 30 2008 07 Blank pages added FM5340 6 7 09 30 2009 08E Revision FM5540 1 3 4 10 24 2011 09E Revision FM5964...

Страница 62: ...machine 1 50001 or Later CR IR 363 RU P USA E FCR ClearView CS Plus FCR Aspire ClearView CSm Plus For USA Image reader machine main body CR IR 363 1 60001 or Later CR IR 363 RU P E FCR PROFECT CS Plus...

Страница 63: ...ROLLER E Remote power controller 1 IR ADAPTER FOR IP 15 30CM E IP ADAPTER for 15x30 IP 14 x17 35x43cm size 1 60001 or Later 1 4 Product Specifications Maximum Heat Generation Standby 340 W approx Oper...

Страница 64: ...mospheric pressure 750 to 1060 hPa Heat generation 350 W approx Non operating Temperature 0 to 45 C Relative humidity 10 to 90 RH without moisture condensation Atmospheric pressure 750 to 1060 hPa Tra...

Страница 65: ...120 240V AC 10 50 60Hz 7A 2 9A Power Consumption Maximum 770 W Watt Hour Operating 420 Wh Standby 300 Wh Power down mode 300 Wh Sleep mode 200 Wh Remote standby 15 Wh or less Grounding Class D groundi...

Страница 66: ...be disposed of the IMG17A B board which contains a bat tery should be removed from the machine before its disposal Be sure to return the removed IMG17A B board to the Parts Center 1 10 2 Disposal of I...

Страница 67: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Product Specifications 6 Product Specifications 6 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 68: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Product Specifications 7 Product Specifications 7 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 69: ...1 New release FM4098 All pages 02 20 2004 03 Correction FM4181 11 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 36 57 09 30 2008 07 Revision FM5340 42 57 75 09 30 2009 08E Revision FM5540 2 13 83 10 24 2011 09E Re...

Страница 70: ...earing and bearing for each conveyance roller as well as by the antistatic brush 1 2 System Configuration This device uses a compliant network with IEEE802 3 and adopts FRUP as a data communication pr...

Страница 71: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 2 MD 2 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 1 3 Overall Machine Configuration and Component Names External View of Machine...

Страница 72: ...r switch in the RU setting and the circuit breaker in the ON state the RU is powered ON Cassette set unit four shelves This unit accommodates cassettes that contain exposed IPs A cassette may be loade...

Страница 73: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 4 MD 4 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 1 4 Machine Components 1 4 1 Unit Locations...

Страница 74: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 5 MD 5 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 1 4 2 Roller Locations and Conveyance Paths...

Страница 75: ...m is in its home position SA5 11 17 23 Suction sensor Suction sensor Detects that the suction cup has sucked the IP SA6 12 18 24 Inch metric sensor PI 5mm Determines the IP width BCRA1 2 3 4 Barcode r...

Страница 76: ...sensor PI 5mm Detects that the cleaning guide is in its home position BCRC1 Barcode reader Scans the barcode of an IP of single surface type Subscanning unit Symbol Name Type Function SZ1 IP leading e...

Страница 77: ...that an IP being conveyed is present SE4 Erasure side positioning mechanism HP sensor PI 5mm Detects that the side positioning mechanism is in its home position SE5 Grip release HP sensor PI 5mm Dete...

Страница 78: ...e hold pin MA1 2 3 4 Suction cup driving motor Pulse motor Drives the suction cup arm and ejects a cassette when the clutch is turned ON PA1 2 3 4 IP suction pump Pump Sucks when turned ON SVA1 2 3 4...

Страница 79: ...ses the grip roller MC3 IP transport motor Pulse motor Transports an IP MC4 Cleaning guide driving motor Pulse motor Drives the cleaning guide Subscanning unit Symbol Name Type Function MZ1 Subscannin...

Страница 80: ...rts an IP ME2 Side positioning motor Pulse motor Drives the side positioning mechanism ME3 Grip release motor Pulse motor Grips and releases the grip roller SOLE1 Branch path changeover guide driving...

Страница 81: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 12 MD 12 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 1 4 4 Board Locations...

Страница 82: ...lse motor M DC DC motor SOL Solenoid SV Solenoid valve CL Clutch P Pump FFM Motor BCR Barcode reader TSWE1 Thermal switch THE1 Thermistor Symbol Name For board operation Photomultiplier board PMT17A P...

Страница 83: ...board LED17A Sensor board SNS17A SOL M LAMP1 2 3 FAN LAMP4 5 P SV CL M M DC FAN SOL BCR FAN S THE1 FFM LCD board LCD17A TSWE1 Scanner board SCN17A SCT17B Image processing board IMG17A B CPU board CPU...

Страница 84: ...CL Clutch P Pump FFM Motor BCR Barcode reader THB1 Thermistor Symbol Name Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Erasure board ERS23A Scanner board SC...

Страница 85: ...sor board SNS17C Sensor board SNS17A Image processing board IMG17A B LED board LED17A CPU board CPU91A Photomultiplier board PMT23A Photomultiplier board PMR17B SCT17B only Start point detection board...

Страница 86: ...id valve CL Clutch P Pump 5PM Pulse motor BCR Barcode reader THB1 Thermistor Symbol Name Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Inverter board INV26A Erasure board ERS23A Sc...

Страница 87: ...7P Sensor board SNS17E Sensor board SNS17A Image processing board IMG17A B LED board LED17A CPU board CPU91A Photomultiplier board PMT27B Photomultiplier board PMR27B Start point detection board SYN12...

Страница 88: ...E u The IP address of the RU can only be set from Machine Maintenance LCD panel REFERENCE As a rule the IP addresses of the CL and RU are used as the same setting However if the FTP server is centrall...

Страница 89: ...RU IP ADDR and FTP IP ADDR They are written into the FLASH ROM located on the IMG17A B board 2 In the RU PC TOOL CL start INSTALL Check the setting of the DIP switches device type located on the CPU91...

Страница 90: ...the SDRAM located on the CPU91A board to the FLASH ROM u NOTE u If the version appears in red text or when the version does not appear at all it is a sign that the install has not been done correctly...

Страница 91: ...of the RU 2 Set IP ADDR of the CL RU AP is written from the CD ROM to the FTP server and to the SDRAM located on the CPU91A board RU AP CONFIGURATION and CL IP ADDR are written from the SDRAM located...

Страница 92: ...the FD from the CPU91A board memory SDRAM of the RU via the FTP server 2 2 5 Data Flow during Restore The following data are restored from the FD to the FLASH ROM of the RU by use of RESTORE of the P...

Страница 93: ...e when the master CL switching function is used Service information ERRLOG HISTORYLOG Service procedures All procedures performed from the RU PC TOOL The RU should have been registered in CONFIGURATIO...

Страница 94: ...state within the machine automatically transitions to the power saving mode when the RU is not operated within a specified period of time 2 5 1 Operation in SLEEP Mode 1 When the machine transitions...

Страница 95: ...ity Time setting may be done with SLEEP Mode ON enabled The time is settable in 1 minute or 10 minute increments 2 5 3 Recovery from SLEEP Mode Recover Requirements 1 When the LCD panel is touched 2 W...

Страница 96: ...performed in order of steps 1 through 7 1 Check the connection with the FTP server REFERENCE If the connection with the FTP server is abnormal a connection retry takes about 3 minutes thus the time r...

Страница 97: ...ode reader COMMUNICATION check and fuse check 5 Perform Mechanical Initialization 1 IP search within the machine When it is completed normally the time data is obtained from the CL 6 Perform Mechanica...

Страница 98: ...essing 1 Shutdown processing command There are two scenarios when system shutdown is performed for the CL and when the system is shut down from the RU operation panel 2 Execute mechanical shutdown pro...

Страница 99: ...B041 Pulse motor MA4 F5 B051 Solenoid SOLA1 F6 B061 Solenoid SOLA2 F7 B071 Solenoid SOLA3 F8 B081 Solenoid SOLA4 F9 B091 DC motor MD1 F10 B101 DC motor MD2 F11 B111 Pulse motor ME1 F12 B121 Pulse mot...

Страница 100: ...A3 CLA4 Power Supply Fuse Equipped Component Fuse No Blown Fuse Detection Circuit Target for Protection 24V B 2 DRV17B board B161 Pulse motor MC1 B171 Pulse motor MC2 B181 Pulse motor MC3 B191 Pulse m...

Страница 101: ...CLA1 CLA2 CLA3 CLA4 Power Supply Fuse Equipped Component Fuse No Blown Fuse Detection Circuit Target for Protection 24V B 2 DRV17B board B161 Pulse motor MC1 B171 Pulse motor MC2 B181 Pulse motor MC3...

Страница 102: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 33 MD 33 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 Overcurrent Protection Circuit Block Diagram Machines with Serial Numbers 20001 or Those Later than 20001...

Страница 103: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 34 MD 34 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046...

Страница 104: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 35 MD 35 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 Overcurrent Protection Circuit Block Diagram Machines with Serial Numbers 50001 or Those Later than 50001...

Страница 105: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 36 MD 36 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046...

Страница 106: ...motor MD2 Pulse motor ME1 Pulse motor ME3 B171 B181 B191 B201 B211 B221 B231 B241 B251 B261 B281 Pulse motor MC1 Pulse motor MC2 Pulse motor MC3 Pulse motor MC4 DC motor MZ4 Pulse motor ME2 Pulse moto...

Страница 107: ...A Inverter board INV26A TP1 Image processing board IMG17A B CPU board CPU91A TP1 Inverter board INV26A 1 6A 1 6A 1 6A 0 5A 1 6A 1 6A 1 6A 1 6A Photomultiplier board PMR27B LD Driver board LDD12A Photo...

Страница 108: ...ps for temperature adjustment purposes Before the lamps are illuminated they are subjected to preheating 3 2 2 Components of the Erasure Unit Control 20001 or later The control circuit for the erasure...

Страница 109: ...e unit condition Mode to transfer RU operation One or two lamps have burnt out Erasure time extension Conveyance speed is delayed erasure time is extended since the light intensity needed for the IP e...

Страница 110: ...upply board PSU23A 5V 24V LAMPB2 8 Inverter board INV26A LAMPB4 6 Inverter board INV26A LAMPB1 7 Inverter board INV26A LAMPB3 5 Erasure board ERS23A Lamp inverter circuit Relay circuit Lit lamp contro...

Страница 111: ...Erasure Lamp and Board Configurations 50001 or later This section illustrates the erasure lamps and boards that are mounted in the erasure unit The mounting position of the INV board and the locations...

Страница 112: ...ate SA10 Suction cup HP sensor second shelf The IP removal arm is in its home position with the sensor in CLOSE state SA11 Suction sensor second shelf The IP is sucked with the sensor in CLOSE state S...

Страница 113: ...h the sensor in CLOSE state SG2 11x14 IP determination sensor An IP is found for 11x14 IP determination with the sensor in CLOSE state I O No Load name Significance when LED is illuminated SD1 Grip re...

Страница 114: ...lamp The LAMP4 lamp outputs the ON control signal LON5 Status of the control signal sent to the LAMP5 lamp The LAMP5 lamp outputs the ON control signal LSTB1 Status of the lamp preheat signal sent to...

Страница 115: ...nd shelf The pump is driven State where the IP is sucked PA3 IP suction third shelf The pump is driven State where the IP is sucked PA4 IP suction fourth shelf The pump is driven State where the IP is...

Страница 116: ...e driving motor The motor is driven The cleaning guide of the side positioning conveyor unit is actuated MZ4 IP stopper driving motor The motor is driven The IP stopper of the subscanning unit is actu...

Страница 117: ...n reading m Polygon POL Start Because the polygonal mirror takes time until it becomes stable since it is activated it is started earlier The polygon rotation speed is set corresponding to the IP type...

Страница 118: ...on the scanner board SCTxxx for use in operation 2 For the correction data the types s denoted by m shown in the table below is created according to the IP type and reading mode Reading mode IP type S...

Страница 119: ...th side type IP the analog data for the back side is also subject to shading processing and analog to digital conversion independently and concurrently 4 The digital data after analog to digital conve...

Страница 120: ...ygon start normal speed C Polygon diagnostics D Laser ON E Scanner self diagnostics Check the reference signal from the board Check the level of the image signal through the quasi signal Check the las...

Страница 121: ...ding FCLK Reference signal issued by the SCTxxx board GOOD lit Only during IP reading ZLCLK Operation status signal of H8CPU GOOD Blinking Idling Lit Operating NG R ZLCLK Operation status signal of H8...

Страница 122: ...ged from the IP to the roller is removed Grip Cam The cams used in the grip mechanism are identical for both right and left sides of the unit By changing the gear engaging position with reference to t...

Страница 123: ...guides Snap Fit Pinion Gears The employed pinion gears can be installed and removed without using retaining members or tools u NOTE u When installing the pinion gear over the shaft ensure that it is...

Страница 124: ...ide and opposite reference side in order to prevent obliquing of the IP With the CR IR 363 the tensile strengths of the springs are varied by changing the hooking positions of the springs on the side...

Страница 125: ...ide position the IP MD 5 5_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 4 Read the image MD 5 6_Subscanning Unit 5 Convey the IP from the subscanning unit to the erasure conveyor unit MD 5 7_Post Reading Conveyor U...

Страница 126: ...MD 57 CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 57 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 5 3 Cassette Set Unit...

Страница 127: ...N 10 IP suction pump PA1 2 3 4 The suction cups suck the IP when ON 11 Suction cups Suck the IP They are of type with greater durability that eliminates the need for periodic replacement 12 Hose Integ...

Страница 128: ...MD 59 CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 59 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 n Operation during Feed n Operation during Load...

Страница 129: ...e detail on how to determine the cassette see n Inch Metric Movable Guide Assembly l IP detection by SB5 feed load conveyor unit It counts the passing time thereby recognizing the length of the IP l I...

Страница 130: ...MD 61 CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 61 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 5 4 Feed Load Conveyor Unit...

Страница 131: ...yance path of the IP MD 5 4 1 11 Convergence path changeover guide Changes the conveyance path of the IP MD 5 4 1 12 Brush roller Remove dust deposited on the IP MD 5 4 2 13 IP jam handling handle Han...

Страница 132: ...geover guides operate according to the mechanism illustrated below Their feature is such that the three cams are arranged as offset by 90 degrees thereby ensuring that two or more path changeover guid...

Страница 133: ...h rollers differ depending on whether the IP is passed or not IP passed or not Motor driving Condition of brush rollers Passed Normal direction The half clutch stops the brush rollers As they are stop...

Страница 134: ...or Unit 5 5 1 Side Positioning Mechanism It performs side positioning operation prior to IP reading It prevents reading error due to obliquing of the IP 5 5 2 Cleaning Guides They clean the both side...

Страница 135: ...er Mechanism The IP stopper mechanism stops the IP during side positioning operation performed at the side positioning conveyor unit 5 6 2 Dust Removal Mechanism It remove dust deposited on the upper...

Страница 136: ...nd speeds for the grip rollers are changed in order to avoid gripping unevenness relative to their respective reading speeds 5 6 4 Center Guide and Grip Rollers The center guide and grip rollers of th...

Страница 137: ...to prevent IP jams 5 8 Erasure Conveyor Unit 5 8 1 Switchback Mechanism It performs IP switchback operation to switch front to back and vice versa The conveyance path where the switchback is performed...

Страница 138: ...chanism It performs side positioning prior to cassette insertion It is intended to prevent cassette insertion error 5 8 3 Filter of Erasure Lamp Do not use ethanol for cleaning the filter face of the...

Страница 139: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 70 MD 70 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 6 Nothing...

Страница 140: ...is mistake is corrected Corrected A function of detecting a dummy cassette for use in an in vehicle machine when the RU power is turned ON is added Novel MD 7 3 Corresponding item Reason RU software v...

Страница 141: ...ccurs during the RU initialization Corrected Corresponding item Reason RU software version Reference V2 0 V2 1 V2 2 V2 3 V2 4 When a large volume of data flows into the network port of the RU due to w...

Страница 142: ...C TOOL Corresponding item Reason RU software version Reference V2 0 V2 1 V2 2 V2 3 V2 4 RU PC TOOL version V2 6 V3 0 V3 2 V3 4 V3 6 MUTL Scanner Check A function of shading sensitivity correction for...

Страница 143: ...lation A modification is made to display the message indicating the working conditions during the installation Changed The problem is solved that the scanner machine specific data cannot be backed up...

Страница 144: ...ck to V1 6 or earlier The machine specific data attached to the RU when delivered is restored to a machine having the RU software of V1 6 or earlier loaded The machine specific data attached to a mach...

Страница 145: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MD 76 MD 76 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 7 3 Nothing...

Страница 146: ...the Secure Information from the Machine Specific Data The specifications are changed in the RU software V2 1 The secure information includes two IP addresses of Secure Host and Secure Net displayed wh...

Страница 147: ...termeasures against IP Overrun An inflow of a lot of packets into the RU network port is coped with by changing the network configuration Version V1 0 is recommended for the IPL software REFERENCE The...

Страница 148: ...011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 4 Press the ENTER key after the following window appears 5 Reboot the RU REFERENCE You can check the IPL software version in IPL VERSION displayed by selecting RU PC TOO...

Страница 149: ...As a countermeasure against this problem the temperature range upper limit of the erasure is changed from 60 C to 75 C However the measure was not able to solve the problem and analysis continued n RU...

Страница 150: ...55 C 59 C 60 C 64 C 65 C 69 C l When the temperature is lowering Indicated temperature 50 C 55 C 60 C 65 C Actual temperature 46 C 50 C 51 C 55 C 56 C 60 C 61 C 65 C 7 7 2 Erasure Unit Thermal Sensor...

Страница 151: ...o MD 1 4 3 I O Locations and Functional Descriptions MD 1 4 3_I O Locations and Functional Descriptions 7 8 2 MUTL Operation Window and the Results Indication The conveyance sensor check is added to M...

Страница 152: ...SU3 DAT u NOTE u This problem does not occur if the RU PC TOOL V3 6 or later is used for the version update Be sure to use the RU PC TOOL V3 6 or later for upgrading in version If the RU PC TOOL V3 6...

Страница 153: ...ollowing folder C Program Files FujiFilm FCR CR IR363 or 362 SYSTEM IP address XXX XXX XXX XXX MACHINE OPTICAL 6 Select the SCN_PSO3 DAT and SCN_PSU3 DAT files Select Properties from the menu displaye...

Страница 154: ...112 log TRACE The following three kinds of operation log files are available OPER LOG The latest log OPER 001 to OPER 005 Logs stored when a level 0 error occurs The five latest files are stored OPER...

Страница 155: ...version than that of the RU PC TOOL stored in the CD ROM used in version upgrade is used for the upgrade of the RU software The system runs with the RU connected with the RU PC TOOL installed in the...

Страница 156: ...age data transferred between the IMG17A B board and the CPU91A board is insufficient The CPU91A board determines that it is dangerous to transmit the image data to the CR Console and use in the hospit...

Страница 157: ...66 169 172 174 1 174 4 175 190 190 1 190 2 191 197 199 201 204 206 209 209 1 209 2 211 212 214 216 218 234 240 257 11 15 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 2 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 39 41 42 45 46 51 53 59 309 A...

Страница 158: ...is flow and check flow to identify the cause of the error l When the error is not logged Note the check flow to identify the cause of the error n How to Use the Analysis Flow If many parts are in erro...

Страница 159: ...ress of a process and cause the inability to detect an error code 5 Errors causing the inability to upgrade the software or save data Errors that cause a problem between the FTP server and CPU91A boar...

Страница 160: ...peration branches off in a specific direction depending on the result of the check described next to The actual check procedures may be described in the reference section indicated by the mark positio...

Страница 161: ...y side The left hand side describes the analysis procedure and the right hand side furnishes supplementary information When you read the Troubleshooting volume for the first time you should read not o...

Страница 162: ...chine If the error log is not backed up beforehand the information about errors encountered during troubleshooting may overwrite the previously logged error information Therefore you may lose the info...

Страница 163: ...indications 12256 xxxx xx xx xx xx xx 00257D tiphscan____ 3D0004 ScnCmFnc c 2817 12255 xxxx xx xx xx xx xx 00258D tiphscan____ 3D0004 400000 00 00 00 609C 6098 Error code Occurrence date and time FR9...

Страница 164: ...error name and a brief description of error occurrence conditions It is also provided with the information page number or section number that indicates the most appropriate analysis flow you should re...

Страница 165: ...7A Board MC 13 8_SNS17B Board 18 1 Analysis Flow A Board tested normal N Y Power OFF Turn ON the high voltage switch Reinstall the upper right hand side cover Return to the error code analysis flow Q1...

Страница 166: ...rror occurred at the same time with another level of warning it is necessary to troubleshoot and take remedial action WARNING 4 An error is logged but the user is not notified Errors that occur when a...

Страница 167: ...ng in the SD RAM MT 18 10005 File close error 1 During bootup when the file is loaded from the FLASH ROM on the IMG17A IMG17B board into the SD RAM error is detected for the file residing in the FLASH...

Страница 168: ...meout occurs for communication between the main CPU CPU91A board and scanner H8CPU SCN17A SCT17B board MT 18 10064 CPU SCN command retry over During bootup or during routine processing a command is se...

Страница 169: ...leading edge detection SED cannot be performed detail code D0E503 Note that if the HV is OFF the detail code is D0E403 MT 5 1 10231 Scanner power supply error 1 During bootup or during routine process...

Страница 170: ...supplied to the SCN17A SCT17B board due to blow of the fuse J011 on the SCN17A SCT17B board or 24V SLOT J power supply error the polygonal mirror POL function is disabled detail code 902403 Note that...

Страница 171: ...ected The laser is unlit due to a disconnected connector at the scanning optics unit etc so that an error related to the polygon error occurs as well MT 5 8 10293 Printed board type error During bootu...

Страница 172: ...sure unit entrance IP sensor status error 1 During bootup routine processing the IP transport motor MD2 ME1 is driven to convey the IP to the erasure conveyor unit after the IP is read however the CLO...

Страница 173: ...the switchback standby IP sensor SE2 was closed because the IP did not pass the sensor within the specified time MT 4 27 10358 Erasure unit IP ejection error During routine processing the IP transpor...

Страница 174: ...ransport motor MB1 MB2 MC3 is driven to eject the IP to the cassette however the IP feed load sensor SB1 2 3 4 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time MT 4 6 10369 Path guide H...

Страница 175: ...g bootup routine processing M Utility the side positioning motor MC1 is driven to perform side positioning mechanism home positioning of the side positioning conveyor unit however the OPEN or CLOSE of...

Страница 176: ...rm grip operation for the driving shaft however the driving side grip release HP sensor SZ2 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time MT 4 15 10412 Driving shaft fast grip error...

Страница 177: ...p drive motor MZ2 is driven to correct the grip speed of the driving shaft for the HR single side type however the driving side grip release HP sensor SZ2 does not transition to OPEN within the specif...

Страница 178: ...owever the dust removal HP sensor SZ4 does not transition from CLOSE to OPEN to CLOSE After the retries four times are executed the transition of SZ4 is not detected so that the system goes down MT 4...

Страница 179: ...ing the IP stopper drive motor MZ4 is driven clockwise to perform the system shutdown processing however the dust removal HP sensor SZ4 does not transition to CLOSE within the specified period of time...

Страница 180: ...iven to perform the remaining IP search processing however the IP feed load sensor SB1 2 3 4 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time When the IP in the feed load conveyor unit...

Страница 181: ...ver the post reading conveyance standby IP sensor SE1 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time MT 4 34 10454 Initialization post reading conveyor unit IP ejection error 1 UP Dur...

Страница 182: ...feed load sensor SB1 2 3 4 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time MT 4 6 10463 Forbidden response from Start Read command CL Operation is interrupted as the forbidden response...

Страница 183: ...release error During bootup routine processing M Utility the cassette hold solenoid SOLA1 2 3 4 is turned ON to release the cassette hold however the cassette hold sensor SA3 9 15 21 does not transit...

Страница 184: ...sensor SG1 transitions to CLOSE MT 4 23 11338 Cassette type error During routine processing M Utility an out of spec cassette is loaded into the machine CR IR362 equipped with a both side cassette err...

Страница 185: ...ssing result IP not found so that the user is notified MT 4 36 11490 IP is overexposed An overexposed IP was detected during bootup or routine processing 11493 Dummy cassette ejection request During b...

Страница 186: ...he RU to the CL after communication with the CL is suspended however the CL rejects it so that the image data is lost and the cassette is ejected MT 14 11687 Image data variation or back side image si...

Страница 187: ...of erasure lamps failed to illuminate due to an INV board failure The erasure degeneration mode then prevailed and an unerased IP was ejected into the cassette 11751 Thermistor failure detection durin...

Страница 188: ...M to SD RAM fails MT 18 12071 FTP server access error During bootup and during routine processing the FTP server cannot be accessed for communication from the RU to the CL Or the FTP server may be acc...

Страница 189: ...rocessed an excess number of lines is detected MT 6 1 12152 Image processing line clock shortage error During routine processing when the image data from the SCN17A SCT17B board is processed an insuff...

Страница 190: ...signal LD1OKH LD1OKL is detected MT 5 7 12213 Polygon lock error During bootup and routine processing error for the polygon lock signal POKL PONL is detected MT 5 8 12214 Polygon rotation error Durin...

Страница 191: ...N17A SCT17B board does not oscillate a polygon sync signal cannot be detected MT 5 8 12251 Photomultiplier control board error 1 During bootup or during routine processing only error for the PMT analo...

Страница 192: ...B board or laser failure detail code 805413 C05413 00503 MT 5 9 12272 Insufficient laser light intensity During routine processing the laser light intensity is less than 50 and the laser light intensi...

Страница 193: ...e data transfer diagnostics for scanner diagnostics during routine processing an abnormal virtual data change disconnected image signal connector or erroneous connector connection was detected MT 5 17...

Страница 194: ...sing M Utility when a sensor check is made after cassette loading the OPEN state of the cassette ejection sensor SA1 7 13 19 is detected MT 4 38 12324 Hold pin release retry During bootup routine proc...

Страница 195: ...re BCR IP sensor SB5 does not transition to OPEN within the specified period of time Therefore a retry was performed MT 4 23 12335 Feed IP conveyance error 4 During routine processing M Utility the IP...

Страница 196: ...the shelf of interest does not transition to CLOSE within the specified period of time Therefore a retry was performed MT 4 6 12363 Load IP conveyance error 4 During bootup routine processing the IP t...

Страница 197: ...HP sensor SC2 does not transition to CLOSE within the specified period of time thus resulting in a retry MT 4 8 12375 Side positioning unit grip HP detection retry 2 During bootup M Utility the grip...

Страница 198: ...p release HP sensor SE5 does not transition to CLOSE so that home positioning is performed MT 4 10 12386 Side positioning unit side positioning mechanism HP detection retry 1 During bootup routine pro...

Страница 199: ...pulse to perform suction cup home positioning however the suction cup HP sensor SA4 10 16 22 does not transition to CLOSE within the specified period of time thus resulting in a retry MT 4 12 12395 S...

Страница 200: ...IP stopper HP detection warning During bootup routine processing M Utility the IP stopper drive motor MZ4 is driven for IP stopper retreating operation however the IP stopper HP sensor SZ5 does not tr...

Страница 201: ...the OPEN state of the pre BCR IP sensor SB5 is detected Because the IP may have been scratched the IP should be checked for any scratch MT 4 18 12441 Initialization convergence path IP conveyance warn...

Страница 202: ...or 2 During routine processing because the PMR high voltage value is not set correctly on the SCT17B board error is detected for the high voltage command diagnostics for back side MT 5 19 12651 Back s...

Страница 203: ...CPU91A board detects a bus error for the LCD panel MT 18 12733 High temperature error detection during erasure initialization During bootup the temperature thermistor THE1 detects high temperature err...

Страница 204: ...egister that is usually accessed during shutdown processing using improper procedure MT 18 12800 Erasure unit safety thermostat TSWE1 operation During bootup and routine processing because the erasure...

Страница 205: ...ne processing it is detected that the B091 fuse F9 on the DRV17A board is blown MT 9 12830 Power supply B101 error During bootup and during routine processing it is detected that the B101 fuse F10 on...

Страница 206: ...17B board is blown MT 9 12848 Power supply B221 error During bootup and during routine processing it is detected that the B221 fuse F7 on the DRV17B board is blown MT 9 12849 Power supply B231 error D...

Страница 207: ...er supply G011 error During bootup and during routine processing it is detected that the G011 fuse F3 on the SCN17A SCT17B board is blown MT 9 12872 Power supply G021 error During bootup and during ro...

Страница 208: ...was provided after the RU application restoration procedure was performed 13034 UI debug information Unlikely error condition associated with the RU software occurs 13035 initialization from the warm...

Страница 209: ...osity it is necessary to vary the LD drive current by more than 5 mA During LDIFMAX update variations of 5 mA or more are detected 13284 LD monitor value error warning During routine processing the di...

Страница 210: ...or a communication error occurs due to hardware failure of the network thereby causing frequent retries 13629 Back side HVCNT value error During M Utility operation an out of spec HV is inputted 1364...

Страница 211: ...write test in MUTL Board Check MT 18 13704 CPU91A interrupt error An error is detected for the CPU91A interrupt test in MUTL Board Check MT 18 13705 Network register error An error is detected for th...

Страница 212: ...Board Check MT 18 13820 Barcode data read test error An error is detected for the barcode reading test in MUTL Board Check MT 18 13821 Power supply monitoring register error An error is detected for t...

Страница 213: ...log contains the operation mode of the RU and detail code associated with the error that occurred This section describes the detail code display format and meaning of each item n Display of Detail Cod...

Страница 214: ...Object to be checked Signal source Hexadecimal Value of bit I 1 Start point sensor SYN12A board 1 2 3 4 2 Leading edge sensor SED17A board 0 0 0 0 0 3 Start point mask signal SCN17A SCT17B board 1 0 0...

Страница 215: ...ck the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q9 Q4 Check the sens...

Страница 216: ...a new IP is of large width size 35x35 cm 14x14 inch or harf width 14x17 inch Q3 Check the details of the error MT 21 _Troubleshooting Failures of New IP Y N m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV1...

Страница 217: ...PU91A Board MC 13 5_DRV17A Board MC 13 6_DRV17B Board MC 13 7_SNS17B SNS17C SNS17E Board MC 13 8_SNS17A SNS17D Board Motor MZ3 and spur gear properly mounted MC 12 14_Dust Removal Motor MZ3 MC 12 18_S...

Страница 218: ...PU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q9 Check the sensor SC3 MT 10 _Procedures f...

Страница 219: ...on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q9 Check the sensor SE1 MT 10 _Proc...

Страница 220: ...itch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board T...

Страница 221: ...res in the order named 1 Secure space for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards...

Страница 222: ...F the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL...

Страница 223: ...high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal...

Страница 224: ...high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal...

Страница 225: ...high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL norma...

Страница 226: ...high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL norma...

Страница 227: ...f the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in...

Страница 228: ...the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL no...

Страница 229: ...FF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL...

Страница 230: ...oltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18...

Страница 231: ...e for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Vo...

Страница 232: ...S17E Board MC 13 8_SNS17A SNS17D Board 2 DRV17A B board MC 13 5_DRV17A Board MC 13 6_DRV17B Board 3 CPU91A board MC 13 2_CPU91A Board Reseat the error causing board and check if the error occurs again...

Страница 233: ...7B board A Motor MZ3 and spur gear properly mounted MC 12 14_Dust Removal Motor MZ3 Q3 Restore MC 12 14_Dust Removal Motor MZ3 N Y m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures...

Страница 234: ...the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in...

Страница 235: ...S17E Board MC 13 8_SNS17A SNS17D Board 2 DRV17A B board MC 13 5_DRV17A Board MC 13 6_DRV17B Board 3 CPU91A board MC 13 2_CPU91A Board Reseat the error causing board and check if the error occurs again...

Страница 236: ...ltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q11 Check the sensor SG1 MT 10 _Procedures for Checking the Sensors Q4 Q5 Check the motor MC3 MT 11 _Pr...

Страница 237: ...ervicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q...

Страница 238: ...SCN17A SCT17B board A Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q3 CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUT...

Страница 239: ...ch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Tes...

Страница 240: ...e 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A Error occurs only when a new IP is of large width size 35x35 cm 14x14 inch or half width 14x17 inch Q4 Check the d...

Страница 241: ...S17E Board MC 13 8_SNS17A SNS17D Board 2 DRV17A B board MC 13 5_DRV17A Board MC 13 6_DRV17B Board 3 CPU91A board MC 13 2_CPU91A Board Reseat the error causing board and check if the error occurs again...

Страница 242: ...a cassette suitable for the machine set in position Q3 END N Y A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards test...

Страница 243: ...A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q11 Check the sensor SB5 MT 10 _Procedures for Checking the Sensors Q4 Q5 Check the sensor SG2 MT 10 _Procedures for Chec...

Страница 244: ...ge switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Bo...

Страница 245: ...chine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B...

Страница 246: ...oard A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A board MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q8 Barcode reader normal MT 1...

Страница 247: ...covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards...

Страница 248: ...PU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q9 Check the sensor SE1 MT 10 _Procedures f...

Страница 249: ...preparation procedures in the order named 1 Secure space for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91...

Страница 250: ...SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL...

Страница 251: ...gh voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal M...

Страница 252: ...der named 1 Secure space for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedu...

Страница 253: ...ace for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the...

Страница 254: ...again MU 5 3 3 1 _Backup Memory Clear CPU Board Q4 END N Y m Perform preparation procedures in the order named 1 Secure space for servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage...

Страница 255: ...ve the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q3 CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A...

Страница 256: ...r servicing the machine 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage...

Страница 257: ...7A SCT17B board A Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q3 CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q4...

Страница 258: ...CT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q...

Страница 259: ...B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q10 Check the sensors SA5 SA11 SA17 and SA23 MT 10 _Procedures for Checking the Sensors Q4 Q5 Check the sensors SA4 SA10 SA...

Страница 260: ...2 14_Dust Removal Motor MZ3 N Y m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Tes...

Страница 261: ...ltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage m Check the connection between the board connectors MT 22...

Страница 262: ...ne 2 Remove the covers 3 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCN17A SCT17B board A m Check the voltage on the CPU91A and DRV17A boards MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage CPU91A DRV17A B and...

Страница 263: ...T 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q7 Check the connector of the scanner board MT 22 4_Checking the Connector on the Scanner Board Q4 Check the connector of the scanning optics unit MT 22 5_Checking the...

Страница 264: ...Check the fuse H011 on the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q5 N Y...

Страница 265: ...heck the fuses G011 and G041 on the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL...

Страница 266: ...rocedures for Checking the Fuses Q3 Check the voltage of the test pin TP1 in the power supply unit MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards te...

Страница 267: ...ll the fuses except for G041 on the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL...

Страница 268: ...the fuses A061 J011 and G021 on the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL...

Страница 269: ...91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the laser LDD MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A m Disconnect and reco...

Страница 270: ...r Checking the Voltage Q2 CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the polygon POL MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs...

Страница 271: ...Q3 N Y A CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q4 N Y Q7 Check the laser LDD MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q5 Error recurs Q6 N Y A m Disconn...

Страница 272: ...CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the start point sensor SYN MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A m Dis...

Страница 273: ...the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A IMG17A B CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q6 N Y Q9 Q7 Perform...

Страница 274: ...ested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the photomultipliers PMT MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A m Reseat the boards in the order named a...

Страница 275: ...ards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the photomultipliers PMR MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A m Reseat the boards in the order n...

Страница 276: ...anism MC 12 1_Subscanning Unit CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the leading edge sensor SZ1 MT 10 _Procedures for Checking the Sensors Q4...

Страница 277: ...k the voltage of the SCN17A SCT17B board test pin CN5 MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A IMG17A B CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Tes...

Страница 278: ...TL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q6 Check the photomultipliers PMT PMR MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q4 Error recurs Q5 N Y A m Reseat the boards in the order named and if t...

Страница 279: ...MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q8 Perform the diagnostics MU 5 3 5 1 _Diagnostic Q4 Check the photomultipliers PMT MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q5 Check the connector of the scanne...

Страница 280: ...MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q8 Perform the diagnostics MU 5 3 5 1 _Diagnostic Q4 Check the photomultipliers PMR MT 13 _Procedures for Checking the Scanner I O Q5 Check the connector of the scanne...

Страница 281: ...ction between the board connectors MT 22 6_ Checking the Connector Connection between the Boards Q3 Error recurs Q4 N Y A IMG17A B CPU91A and SCN17A SCT17B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Te...

Страница 282: ...CT17B board tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q4 N Y Q10 Q5 Reseat the SCN17A SCT17B board and check if the error occurs again Q5 N Y A m Replace the boards in the order named 1 CPU91A b...

Страница 283: ...7A SCT17B board A SNS17A B and INV17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q3 N Y Q7 B LED FUOPEN1 and FUOPEN2 indicators on the SNS17B board illuminated MD 3 3 3_Correspondence be...

Страница 284: ...between the SNS17A and INV17A B boards and between the INV17A and INV17B boars normal Q11 Restore N Y Sockets normal Q12 Replace the sockets MC 9 13_Sockets N Y Error recurs when the INV17A B board c...

Страница 285: ...le and Machine does not Boot Up N Y CPU91A and SNS17A B boards tested in MUTL normal MT 18 _Board Test in MUTL Q2 N Y Q4 Check the voltage of the CPU91A board test pin TP1 MT 8 _Procedures for Checkin...

Страница 286: ...INV MU 5 3 7 3 3 _FANE3 LAMP Q4 N Y Q8 Q5 Safety thermostat TSWE1 properly conducting MT 17 14_Erasure Lamps and Fan 2 Q5 Replace the safety thermostat TSWE1 MC 9 12_Safety Thermostat Sensor TSWE1 N...

Страница 287: ...s tested in MUTL normal MT 18 __Board Test in MUTL Q2 N Y Q5 Lamp temperature sensor THE1 properly conducting MT 17 14_Erasure Lamps and Fan 2 Q3 Replace the lamp temperature sensor THE1 MC 9 11_Lamp...

Страница 288: ...RU Y N Network Check from the RU OK MU 3 3 7_Network Check Q2 END Y N Check the IIS MT 7 1_Checking the IIS Q3 Check the FTP server operating status MT 7 2_Checking the Operating Status of the FTP Ser...

Страница 289: ...d u NOTES u If it has been started this procedure is completed If Stopped is displayed select Start from the Action menu 7 3 Checking the IP Address of the CL n Check Procedures 1 Exit the CL software...

Страница 290: ...the FTP server matches FTP SERVER IP ADDRESS that is set in the RU If they are not matched set the IP addresses of the RU and CL as appropriate MT 7 5_Checking the FTP Server Address of the RU 7 4 Che...

Страница 291: ...ting agrees with the CL s IP address which can be confirmed as directed under 7 3 Checking the IP Address of the CL If they differ from each other change the setting as needed to match the CL s IP add...

Страница 292: ...king the Voltage on the CPU91A Board Test Pins TP1 WARNING To avoid possible electric shock hazard from high voltage observe the following precautions Do not touch the power supply terminals When maki...

Страница 293: ...1 5V ch3 Should be within a range from 4 6 to 5 2 V CPU91A Between 2 and 4 of TP1 5V S Should be within a range from 4 8 to 5 2 V 2 Check to ensure that all the cables of the CPU91A board are connecte...

Страница 294: ...5 15V G Should be within a range from 14 4 to 15 6V SCN17A SCT17B Between 3 and 6 of CN5 15V H Should be within a range from 15 6 to 14 4V SCN17A SCT17B Between 1 and 4 of CN5 24V J Should be within a...

Страница 295: ...29A Q2 Turn ON the HV m m Reinstall the upper right hand side cover and top cover MC 3 1_Covers m Return to the error code analysis flow 8 4 2 Checking the Voltage on Test Pins n Procedures for Checki...

Страница 296: ...st pins is normal u NOTE u If the checked voltage is not within the range of the power supply voltage inspection standard adjust the voltage of the portion concerned according to the indication descri...

Страница 297: ...the Fuses 9 1 Checking the Fuse Locations After checking the fuse locations on each of the boards check the fuses in accordance with the procedures described in the reference section 9 1 1 Checking t...

Страница 298: ...4_DRV17A B Board F2 B021 F3 B031 F4 B041 F5 B051 F6 B061 F7 B071 F8 B081 F9 B091 F10 B101 F11 B111 F12 B121 F13 B131 F14 B141 F15 B151 F18 D011 F19 D021 Fuse mounted component Fuse No Fuse blow detect...

Страница 299: ...e fuse normal MT 17 _Block Diagrams Q3 Restore the load N Y m Reinstall the lower front cover and lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers m Return to the error code analysis flow Same error occurs wh...

Страница 300: ...2_Procedures for Checking the SNS17B Board Fuses Q1 Replace the fuse N Y Load protected by the fuse normal MT 17 _Block Diagrams Q2 Restore the load N Y m Reinstall the upper right hand side cover MC...

Страница 301: ...the DRV17A Board Fuses MT 9 4 3_Procedures for Checking the DRV17B Board Fuses Q2 Replace the fuse N Y Load protected by the fuse normal MT 17 _Block Diagrams Q3 Restore the load N Y m Reinstall the...

Страница 302: ...the locations of the fuses on the DRV17A board 2 Check the fuse MT 9 7_Checking the Fuse 3 Check the cable MT 9 8_Checking the Cable 9 4 3 Procedures for Checking the DRV17B Board Fuses 1 Check the l...

Страница 303: ...fuse normal MT 17 _Block Diagrams Q3 Restore the load N Y m Reinstall the upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers m Return to the error code analysis flow Same error occurs when testing the circuit...

Страница 304: ...ted by the fuse normal MT 17 _Block Diagrams Q3 Restore the load N Y m Reinstall the INV board INV17A board MC 9 14_INV17A Board INV17B board MC 9 15_INV17B Board m Return to the error code analysis f...

Страница 305: ...Check the cable MT 9 8_Checking the Cable 9 7 Checking the Fuse Check for continuity as illustrated below 9 8 Checking the Cable Referring to 17 Block Diagrams check the following MT 17 _Block Diagram...

Страница 306: ...SA5 MT 10 5_Sensor Check Flow 2 SA24 MT 10 21_Sensor Check Flow 17 SD2 MT 10 5_Sensor Check Flow 2 SA6 MT 10 21_Sensor Check Flow 17 SB1 MT 10 5_Sensor Check Flow 2 SE1 SA7 MT 10 4_Sensor Check Flow 1...

Страница 307: ...he sensor status changes corresponding to the ON OFF timing it can be judged that the sensor is normal 10 2 1 Starting the Monitoring Function 1 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU 2 Click on the MON...

Страница 308: ...side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Turn OFF the high voltage switch located on the SCN17A SCT17B board 3 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 4 Execute All Sensor LED ON 10 3 2 Procedures for Exiting th...

Страница 309: ...ion 1 Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 4 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 1 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable norm...

Страница 310: ...1 To check SA13 Open and close the shutter of shelf 1 To check SA19 Open and close the shutter of shelf 1 l Example of GOOD indication Display example when opening and closing the shutter of shelf 1 t...

Страница 311: ...y on the SNS17B board To check SA1 Open and close the shutter of shelf 1 To check SA7 Open and close the shutter of shelf 1 To check SA13 Open and close the shutter of shelf 1 To check SA19 Open and c...

Страница 312: ...k normal MT 10 5 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 2 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diagram check the f...

Страница 313: ...e cassette on any shelf SB1 SB6 SA11 Shelf 2 SB10 SB2 SC3 SA17 Shelf 3 SD2 SB3 SE1 SA23 Shelf 4 SE2 SB4 SG1 SG2 REFERENCE To check the SG2 11 x 14 size determination sensor set a 11 x 14 size cassette...

Страница 314: ...ed I O No Cassette insertion destination I O No Cassette insertion destination SA5 Shelf 1 SB5 Set the cassette on any shelf SB1 SB6 SA11 Shelf 2 SB10 SB2 SC3 SA17 Shelf 3 SD2 SB3 SE1 SA23 Shelf 4 SE2...

Страница 315: ...f SNS board LED check normal MT 10 6 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 3 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block...

Страница 316: ...Click on the Shelf 2 button l To check SA16 Click on the Shelf 3 button l To check SA22 Click on the Shelf 4 button 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL...

Страница 317: ...corresponding to the sensor to be checked l To check SA4 Click on the Shelf 1 button l To check SA10 Click on the Shelf 2 button l To check SA16 Click on the Shelf 3 button l To check SA22 Click on th...

Страница 318: ...ow Y N Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 7 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 4 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin numb...

Страница 319: ...Guide HP MB3 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE i...

Страница 320: ...e display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Feed Load Unit 4 Execute Feed Path Change Guide HP MB3 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs ch...

Страница 321: ...oard LED check normal MT 10 8 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 5 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diagra...

Страница 322: ...oning Unit HP MC1 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CL...

Страница 323: ...lay of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 4 Select Side Positioning Unit HP MC1 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LE...

Страница 324: ...oard LED check normal MT 10 9 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 6 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diagra...

Страница 325: ...elease HP MC2 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE...

Страница 326: ...display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 4 Select Grip Release HP MC2 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs c...

Страница 327: ...board LED check normal MT 10 10 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 7 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diag...

Страница 328: ...g Guide HP MC4 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE...

Страница 329: ...display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 2 4 Select Cleaning Guide HP MC4 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs...

Страница 330: ...board LED check normal MT 10 11 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 8 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diag...

Страница 331: ...ase HP MD1 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE is...

Страница 332: ...the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Post Reading Conveyor 4 Select Grip Release HP MD1 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs chan...

Страница 333: ...board LED check normal MT 10 12 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 9 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diag...

Страница 334: ...ositioning HP 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE...

Страница 335: ...e display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 1 4 Select Erasure Side positioning HP 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs c...

Страница 336: ...board LED check normal MT 10 13 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 10 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block di...

Страница 337: ...Grip HP 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE is dis...

Страница 338: ...eck the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 1 4 Select Erasure Grip HP 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs change...

Страница 339: ...Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 14 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 11 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in...

Страница 340: ...MZ2 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE is display...

Страница 341: ...2 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Grip HP MZ2 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs change from...

Страница 342: ...Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 15 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 12 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in...

Страница 343: ...al HP 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE is displ...

Страница 344: ...Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Sub Scanning 2 4 Select Dust Removal HP 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs change fr...

Страница 345: ...Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 16 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 13 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q3 Referring to the connector and pin number in...

Страница 346: ...HP 5 Check the monitoring display Check the display of the monitoring window of the CL l Example of GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication For the sensor to be checked neither OPEN nor CLOSE is display...

Страница 347: ...2 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Stopper HP 5 Check the display of the LEDs located on the SNS17B board Make sure that the LEDs change from...

Страница 348: ...mal MT 10 17 1_Checking with a Scanner Board LED Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q2 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diagram check the following points...

Страница 349: ...g the MUTL 2 Select Sub Scanning 1 3 Select Stopper HP and then set it to RETREATED 4 Turn ON the laser 5 From the rear of the RU insert the IP by hand and note the SOH LED on the SCN17A SCT17B board...

Страница 350: ...Monitoring Function 14 Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal Q2 Referring to the connector and pin number in the block diagram check the following points 1 The connector is secure...

Страница 351: ...A2 Set a cassette in shelf 2 l To check BCRA3 Set a cassette in shelf 3 l To check BCRA4 Set a cassette in shelf 4 l To check BCRC1 Set the cassette on any shelf 5 Check the monitoring display Check t...

Страница 352: ...on check normal MT 10 19 1_Check Procedures via Monitoring Function 15 Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 19 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SN...

Страница 353: ...cassette in shelf 2 To check SA14 Set a cassette in shelf 3 To check SA20 Set a cassette in shelf 4 l Example of GOOD indication Display example when the cassette is set on shelf 1 to check SA2 l NO...

Страница 354: ...he hold released Check the LED display on the SNS17B board To check SA2 Set a cassette in shelf 1 To check SA8 Set a cassette in shelf 2 To check SA14 Set a cassette in shelf 3 To check SA20 Set a cas...

Страница 355: ...check normal MT 10 20 1_Check Procedures via Monitoring Function 16 Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 20 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS...

Страница 356: ...arm to move and check the monitoring display l GOOD indication l NO GOOD indication Neither OPEN nor CLOSE is displayed for the sensor to be checked after the hold release arm is moved u NOTE u Click...

Страница 357: ...1_Procedures for Starting the LED Check 2 Allow the hold release arm to move and check the display on the LED of the SNS17B board l GOOD indication The LED changes its status lit to unlit or unlit to...

Страница 358: ...7 Q1 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Result of SNS board LED check normal MT 10 21 2_Check Procedures via LEDs on the SNS Board 17 Q2 Return to the error code analysis flow Y N Cable normal...

Страница 359: ...eck SA18 Raise lower the movable guide of shelf 3 To check SA24 Raise lower the movable guide of shelf 4 l Example of GOOD indication Display example when the movable guide of the shelf 1 is raised lo...

Страница 360: ...of the SNS17B board To check SA6 Raise lower the movable guide of shelf 1 To check SA12 Raise lower the movable guide of shelf 2 To check SA18 Raise lower the movable guide of shelf 3 To check SA24 Ra...

Страница 361: ...ns and GND is 2 or greater 3 The resistance between each of the pins is 2 or greater 4 The continuity between each of the pins is 1 or less MT 17 8_Sensors SZ1 to SZ5 and FFM Motor MZ1 MT 17 9_Motors...

Страница 362: ...t of the operation via the LEDs l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Er...

Страница 363: ...he LEDs l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checkin...

Страница 364: ...ration If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the disp...

Страница 365: ...he operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check th...

Страница 366: ...on If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the display...

Страница 367: ...operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the d...

Страница 368: ...motor MZ1 Repeat steps 5 through 7 a certain number of times to conduct the following checks If any abnormality is found replace the FFM motor l Checking the RESULT OK indication If an error code is d...

Страница 369: ...202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 MT 212 MT 212 8 Stop the subscanning motor MZ1 9 Exit the MUTL MU 5 2 2_Exiting the MUTL 10 Turn OFF the machine 11 Reinstall the lower right hand side cover and lower left h...

Страница 370: ...tion If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the displa...

Страница 371: ...If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the display of...

Страница 372: ...an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the display of th...

Страница 373: ...ation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the displ...

Страница 374: ...e LEDs l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking...

Страница 375: ...l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the di...

Страница 376: ...on If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the display...

Страница 377: ...2 Pin numbers 2 and 3 Pin numbers 4 and 5 Pin numbers 5 and 6 MA1 Suction cup drive motor first shelf 0 8 1 3 0 8 1 3 0 8 1 3 0 8 1 3 MA2 Suction cup drive motor second shelf MA3 Suction cup drive mot...

Страница 378: ...tor is securely plugged in 2 The resistance between each of the pins and GND is 2 or greater 3 The resistance between each of the pins is 2 or greater 4 The continuity between each of the pins is 1 or...

Страница 379: ...ion Result of cassette hold solenoid normal MT 12 1 2_Procedures for Checking the Cassette Hold Solenoid Q2 N Y Q5 Result of DRV board LED normal MT 12 1 3_Procedures for Checking the LED on the DRV B...

Страница 380: ...ing the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal Unit 4 Select Solenoid 5 Turn ON the solenoid to be checked and check to ensure that the cassette hold pin lowers l...

Страница 381: ...ensure that the solenoid normally holds the cassette 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Insert the cassette into the shelf with the solenoid to be checked installed 3 Select IP Removal Unit...

Страница 382: ...e result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the...

Страница 383: ...the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check t...

Страница 384: ...l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the di...

Страница 385: ...l Checking the result of the operation If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the di...

Страница 386: ...If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot again MT 2 _Error Code Table l Checking the display of the LEDs Check the display of...

Страница 387: ...third shelf SOLA4 Cassette hold solenoid forth shelf SOLE1 Branch path changeover guide drive SOLB1 Reserved l Pump I O No Load name Reference resistance value Pin numbers 1 and 3 PA1 IP suction pump...

Страница 388: ...SCT17B board MT 8 _Procedures for Checking the Voltage Q3 Power OFF m Check all the fuses on the SCN17A SCT17B board MT 9 _Procedures for Checking the Fuses Q4 Cable normal MT 13 3_Checking the Cable...

Страница 389: ...If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot as appropriate MT 2 _Error Code Table 4 Check to see whether the LEDs on the SCN17A S...

Страница 390: ...F the power of the machine 2 Referring to the block diagram check the following points MT 17 _Block Diagrams The connector is securely plugged in Check for shorts between each of the pins and GND 2 or...

Страница 391: ...300 LDIFNOW 132 LDIFNOW LDIFINT 44 RESULT OK If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot as appropriate MT 2 _Error Code Table 5...

Страница 392: ...e whether the IP address of the master CL that is set in the RU is correct MT 14 5_Checking the IP Address of the Master CL Q4 Check to see whether the FTP server setting is correct MT 7 _Troubleshoot...

Страница 393: ...or a connection check 3 Click on the PING button The DOS prompt window opens to display the test result 4 Check the result of PING and click on to close the window REFERENCE Lost 0 loss means that the...

Страница 394: ...Check the setting of NETWORK CONFIG Make sure that the RU name and IP address are identical to those registered in LIST OF EXISTING RU of the RU PC TOOL If not modify the setting 5 Check the setting...

Страница 395: ...ial up connection window opens 5 Double click The Local Area Connection window opens REFERENCE On Windows 2000 the Local Area Connection icon may not appear on the display if your PC is not connected...

Страница 396: ...checked and click on the EDIT CL NAME button 2 Click on the MODIFY button 3 Check the IP address displayed Make sure that the IP address displayed is identical to the IP address noted at step 7 of Se...

Страница 397: ...IP address of the RU Make sure that it is identical to the IP address registered in LIST OF EXISTING RU of the RU PC TOOL If it is not identical modify the IP address of the RU REFERENCES To correct...

Страница 398: ...MT 14 7 3_Loopback test 1 Q1 Y N Q3 Network connection for the CPU91A board normal MT 14 7 4_Loopback test 2 Q2 N Y Q4 m Replace the junction cable 136N0411 Network connection between the RU and hub n...

Страница 399: ...Test Procedure 3 Remove the jig and then connect the LAN cable to the RU 14 7 4 Loopback Test 2 1 Remove the cover Upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Connect the jig 898Y0981 to the CN6 on th...

Страница 400: ...5 Loopback Test 3 1 Connect the jig 898Y0981 to the LAN cable u NOTE u If a hub is connected between the RU and jig the loopback test cannot be performed 2 Perform the loopback test MT 14 7 2_Loopback...

Страница 401: ...4 2 1 _IMG Board Pattern Output Q3 N Y Q8 Quasi data output from the SCN17A 17B board normal MU 5 3 4 2 5 _SCN SCT Board Virtual Read Q4 N Y Q9 Q5 Quasi data output from the LOG amp on the PMT17A PMR...

Страница 402: ...rder named 1 SCN17A SCT17B board MC 13 4_Scanner Board 2 CPU91A board MC 13 2_CPU91A Board Reseat the connector of the PMT17A PMR17B board and check if the error occurs again Q10 N Y A m Replace the b...

Страница 403: ...at the leading edge or trailing edge of the IP MT 15 2 3_Analyzing Pale Nonuniformity at the Leading Edge or Trailing Edge of the IP Q5 Check to see whether thin distinct nonuniformity occurs MT 15 2...

Страница 404: ...2 Restore N Y m Return to the analysis flow for horizontal streaks n Checking the IP Size and Nonuniformity Occurrence Location The nonuniformity occurrence location differs depending on the IP size I...

Страница 405: ...of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troubleshoot as appropriate MT 2 _Error Code Table l The operation is smooth without any offensive noise If the operation of the grip roller is not...

Страница 406: ...Grip Roller Upper n Check Procedures With the machine placed in the power OFF condition perform the following procedures 1 Remove the driving shaft and driven shaft grip rollers upper MC 12 20_Driven...

Страница 407: ...remedy it 3 Connect the connectors to the PMT board and PMR board l When connecting the connectors to the PMT board MC 11 3_PMT17A PMT23A PMT26A PMT27B Board l When connecting the connectors to the P...

Страница 408: ...ble and troubleshoot as appropriate l The wow flutter is held below the reference The wow flutter is held below 0 6 l There is no offensive noise There is no offensive noise during rotation of the FFM...

Страница 409: ...e by X rays Q3 Re expose it N Y Quasi data output from the IMG17A B board normal MU 5 3 4 2 1 _IMG Board Pattern Output Q4 N Y Q8 Quasi data output from the SCN17A SCT17B board normal MU 5 3 4 2 5 _SC...

Страница 410: ...ng the Scanner I O Q10 If not troubleshoot as appropriate N Y Reseat the PMT17A PMR17B board and check if the error occurs again Q11 N Y A m Replace the boards in the order named 1 PMT17A PMR17B board...

Страница 411: ...ntistatic member when the center of the light collecting mirror swells toward the laser light MC 12 22_Antistatic Member Apply a spacer 388N2552 between the scanning optics unit and the frame of the s...

Страница 412: ...d PMR17B board MC 11 3_PMT17A PMT23A PMT26A PMT27B Board MC 11 4_PMR17B PMR23B PMR26B PMR27B Board 2 Measure the resistance value between the test pin TP1 GNB and a high voltage shield case to check t...

Страница 413: ...unit feed load conveyor unit and side positioning conveyor unit should be removed from the feed load conveyor unit 16 1 1 When the IP is Jammed in the Cassette Set Unit 1 Remove the covers Upper left...

Страница 414: ...tall the covers Upper left hand side cover Upper rear cover MC 3 1_Covers 16 1 2 When the IP is Jammed in the Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Upper left hand side...

Страница 415: ...edge of the IP can be checked 4 Remove the guide at a position where the leading edge of the IP is visible 5 Rotate the IP jam processing handle to remove the IP 6 Reinstall the guide in reverse orde...

Страница 416: ...IP is Jammed in the Subscanning Unit or Post Reading Conveyor Unit 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Upper front light protect plate Lower front light protect plate Lower left hand side cover MC 3...

Страница 417: ...e erasure conveyor unit 7 Reinstall the guide in reverse order of step 4 8 Close the guide of the IP switchback assembly u NOTE u Firmly secure the guide of the IP switchback assembly by the retainers...

Страница 418: ...ove the covers Lower front cover Upper front light protect plate Lower front light protect plate Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Rotate the belt of the erasure conveyor unit to convey the I...

Страница 419: ...the IP switchback assembly u NOTE u Firmly secure the guide of the IP switchback assembly by the retainers Otherwise an IP jam might be caused 6 Reinstall the covers Lower front cover Upper front ligh...

Страница 420: ...5V A GND A 2 7 PSU17A CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 SNS IMG CN1 BCRA1 852N0027 Option 852N0027 Option 113Y1702 LEDA1 LED17A BCRA2 LED17A A041 INZONE 113Y1702 LEDA2 17 2 BCRA3 BCRA4 BCRC1 LED17A SNS17B FR9H2H02 EPS...

Страница 421: ...GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY BRN BRN RED ORN YEL GRN BLU VIO GRY WHT BLK GRN GRY ORN YEL BRN BLK WHT BLU RED VIO GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY...

Страница 422: ...H GND GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY 1 2 SA11 128S0392 1 2 3 SA8 146S0029 1 2 3 SA10 146S0029 1 2 3 SA12 146S0029 1 2 3...

Страница 423: ...Y GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY 1 2 128S0392 1 2 3 146S0029 1 2 3 146S0029 1 2 3 146S0029 1 2 3 146S0029 13 13 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 10 9 11 13 12 14 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 10 9 11 12 14...

Страница 424: ...9 SUPSE1 SINSE1H GND GND SUPSE2 SINSE2H SINSE4H SUPSE4 GND GND SINSE5H SUPSE5 GND SUPSE1 SINSE1H SINSE2H SUPSE2 GND GND SINSE4H SUPSE4 SUPSE5 GND SINSE5H HP IP IP GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY G...

Страница 425: ...Y1466 1 2 3 SB4 113Y1466 1 2 3 SB5 113Y1466 BCR IP 1 2 3 SB6 113Y1466 IP 1 2 3 SB8 146S0029 1 2 3 SB9 146S0029 1 2 3 SB10 146S0029 1 2 3 SB11 146S0029 136Y8793 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 10 9 11 12 16 15 14 13 C...

Страница 426: ...GR Y GRY GR Y GRY GRY GRY IP leading edge sensor GRY GRY GRY GRY IP stopper HP sensor GRY GRY GRY Dust removal HP sensor GRY GRY Driven side grip release HP sensor ORN GRY GRY Driving side grip releas...

Страница 427: ...1B FUSE11_ME1 FUSE12_ME3 ME1A FUSE12_ME3 Grip release motor IP transport moto r IP transport moto r Grip release motor BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU B...

Страница 428: ...U BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU YEL BLK WHT GRN RED BLU YEL BLK WHT GRN RED BLU YEL BLK WHT GRN RED BLU YEL BLK WHT GRN RED BLU 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8 10 9 11 12 CNC2 1 1 2 3 4...

Страница 429: ...Cassette ejection clutch IP leak valve Cassette hold solenoid IP suction pump RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK RED YEL BLK BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU BLU 1 2 CLA 1 2 SV...

Страница 430: ...36Y8797 PSU17A CN4 ORN ORN 136Y8798 1 2 6 5 5V C GND B GND B 24V B DRV17B CN25 24V B GND C ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN 136Y8775 1 2 7 8 4 10 CNG41 1 2 4 7 8 10 136Y8798 FR9H2H15 ep...

Страница 431: ..._INVL 5VINV FAN_LAMPL LDSNC2 LAMP_ON3L LAMP_STB1L GND LAMP_STB3L LAMP_ON1L 5VINV LAMP_STB1L LAMP_STB2L LAMP_STB3L LAMP_ON1L LAMP_ON2L LAMP_ON3L LDSNC1 LDSNC2 LDSNC3 GND FAN_LAMPL FAN_INVL FUOPENA GRY...

Страница 432: ...LAMP_ON4L LAMP_ON5L 5VINV 5VINV LAMP_STB4L LAMP_STB5L LAMP_ON4L LAMP_ON5L LDSNC5 24V_TSW 24V_TSW THIN FUOPENB GND_A Lamp temperature sen GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY GRY...

Страница 433: ...N the high voltage switch Reinstall the upper right hand side cover m m Return to the error code analysis flow or check flow Connector connected on the error causing board snugly installed Q2 Restore...

Страница 434: ...test and check those locations on the board to ensure that the board is free from errors l To check the all boards MT 18 2 1_All Board l To check the CPU board MT 18 2 2_CPU Board l To check the IMG b...

Страница 435: ...error is detected during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displa...

Страница 436: ...ed during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displayed again as th...

Страница 437: ...ed during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displayed again as th...

Страница 438: ...tected during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displayed again a...

Страница 439: ...tected during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displayed again a...

Страница 440: ...ed during the board test the error code corresponding to the error detected on the checked location When an error is detected the board test is interrupted pand the error code is displayed again as th...

Страница 441: ...uPcTool RuPCTool exe and click on the OK button 2 Put a new floppy diskette into the FD drive of the CL u NOTE u Never write any data into the machine specific data floppy diskette bundled with the ma...

Страница 442: ...al MT 20 5_Checking the Connector Connections Q4 Restore N Y m Replace the boards in the order named 1 IMG17A B board MC 13 3_IMG17A B Board 2 CPU91A board MC 13 2_CPU91A Board 3 SCN17A SCT17B board M...

Страница 443: ...B board and CPU91A board to indicate that the boards are operating If anything abnormal is found with the LED lighting status while the RU is powered ON replace the IMG17A B board or CPU91A board n C...

Страница 444: ...nual MT 287 MT 287 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 20 3 Checking the DIP SW Setting on the CPU91A Board 20 3 1 Checking the DIP SW Setting of the CR IR 363 Check that the DipSW1 No 7 switch on the CPU91A...

Страница 445: ...rform the touch panel calibration procedures Since the touch panel calibration data does not exist error code 13032 is logged whenever the machine is booted 20 4 1 Procedures for Restoring the RU Appl...

Страница 446: ...n by means of DIP SW No 6 of the CPU91A Board 8 Once the initialization of the application is completed press the Enter key REFERENCE The initialization of the application takes about 2 minutes 9 Turn...

Страница 447: ...ation resets the RU s IP address setting for the RU to the factory default Be sure to enter the RU s IP address that is entered from the CL 14 Set the IP address of the FTP server u NOTE u Initializin...

Страница 448: ...NO GOOD indication Troubleshooting u NOTE u If the VERSION UP command cannot be executed in steps 16 through 21 execute the INSTALL command The following screen appears when the VERSION UP command can...

Страница 449: ...pted so that the RU cannot be rebooted The post installation checkout procedure varies with the version of the RU software Before installation confirm the version of the RU software that is installed...

Страница 450: ...out 10 minutes after the click of OK in step 20 and then press the Enter key REFERENCE Writing to the FLASH ROM will take about four minutes 22 Click on OK 23 Check the version of the RU software u NO...

Страница 451: ...ore the CONFIGURATION HISTORY LOG and SCN ALL DATA data u NOTE u If the floppy disk that stores the data to be restored is not on hand perform setup as directed below CONFIGURATION Perform setup again...

Страница 452: ...Up PC TOOL 29 Turn OFF the power of the RU 30 Turn ON the power of the RU 31 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are normal...

Страница 453: ...pper left and upper right corners of the LCD panel u INSTRUCTION u If the Machine Maintenance will not start touch the Return button to exit the User Utility and repeat the above step all over again 2...

Страница 454: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MT 297 MT 297 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 6 Touch the Return button 7 Turn OFF the power of the RU 8 Turn ON the power of the RU...

Страница 455: ...hat IMG17A B board connector CN2 is tightly connected to scanner board connector CN15 Check that flat cables are tightly connected to CPU91A board connectors CN2 and CN3 20 6 Checking the LCD Panel Ch...

Страница 456: ...onnect the power cable m Q2 Check for the continuity between the power source unit and the socket MT 20 7 4_Checking for Continuity of the Cables 1 Q2 Turn ON the high voltage switch Reinstall the upp...

Страница 457: ...to ensure that the 5VS LED on the power supply unit lights up when the RU breaker switch is turned ON l GOOD GOOD The 5VS LED is lit in green l NO GOOD NO GOOD The 5VS LED is not lit 20 7 3 Checking...

Страница 458: ...mponent at the disconnected position 20 7 5 Checking for Continuity of the Cables 2 Check for the continuity of the cable connecting CN1 on the rear of the LCD panel with CN5 on the IMG17A B board If...

Страница 459: ...uity of the cable connecting CN1 5 pin on the power supply unit with the CN4 3 pin on the IMG17A B board If the continuity cannot be confirmed replace the cable 1 Check for shorts between each of the...

Страница 460: ...ed into the cassette l Error pattern 2 The tip of the IP gets caught in the HR rubber guide and the IP cannot reach SC3 side positioning IP sensor resulting in a timeout error n Action Apply the tape...

Страница 461: ...s is checked The solenoid is turned ON OFF and the hold pin descends ascends A click sounds each time the hold pin of each shelf ascends Mechanical initialization ends and the POWER lamp and the casse...

Страница 462: ...r 20 opens The cassette removal lamp lights up When the cassette is drawn out the movable guide ascends The inch metric sensor SA6 12 18 or 24 opens When the cassette is removed the shutter closes The...

Страница 463: ...ring 22 2 1 Checking the Tab of the Timing Belt Wheel Check to ensure that the tabs of the timing belt wheels mounted on the five locations indicated by the arrows are not broken Replace the broken ta...

Страница 464: ...e conveyer unit on the six locations indicated by dotted lines below Repair if any has fallen 22 2 3 Checking the Tension Coil Spring Check to ensure that the tension coil spring mounted on the locati...

Страница 465: ...the arm mounted on the location indicated in the figure below has been replaced with the part No 341N1090C Refer to the Check Replacement and Adjustment of Parts Volume 9 49 Branch Path Changeover Gu...

Страница 466: ...check its wobble The connector region might get damaged Replace the scanner board if the connector region wobbles Refer to the Check Replacement and Adjustment of Parts Volume 13 4 Scanner Board for d...

Страница 467: ...2008 FM5340 22 6 Checking the Connector Connection between the Boards Check the following connections to ensure that The IMG17A B board CN1 and the CPU91A board CN2 are snugly connected The IMG17A B b...

Страница 468: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MT 311 MT 311 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 469: ...ialization Turn ON the DIP SW No 6 of the CPU91A board to boot up the RU The machine is forced to boot up with the RU IP address and the FTP server IP address as the factory default values RU IP addre...

Страница 470: ...alue and record it 5 Change the CL s IP address to 172 16 1 20 6 Turn ON the power of the RU The RU boots up to the following state The touch panel does not display anything and remains blank Only the...

Страница 471: ...stall the cover Upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 14 Restore the CL s IP address to the value recorded in the step 4 user specified value 15 Turn ON the power of the RU REFERENCES It takes abo...

Страница 472: ...lication resets the RU s IP address setting for the RU to the factory default Be sure to enter the RU s IP address that is entered from the CL 17 Set the IP address of the FTP server u NOTE u Initiali...

Страница 473: ...of NO GOOD indication Troubleshooting u NOTE u If the VERSION UP command cannot be executed in steps 19 through 24 execute the INSTALL command The following screen appears when the VERSION UP command...

Страница 474: ...rrupted so that the RU cannot be rebooted The post installation checkout procedure varies with the version of the RU software Before installation confirm the version of the RU software that is install...

Страница 475: ...about 10 minutes after the click of OK in step 20 and then press the Enter key REFERENCE Writing to the FLASH ROM will take about four minutes 25 Click on OK 26 Check the version of the RU software u...

Страница 476: ...estore the CONFIGURATION HISTORY LOG and SCN ALL DATA data u NOTE u If the floppy disk that stores the data to be restored is not on hand perform setup as directed below CONFIGURATION Perform setup ag...

Страница 477: ...SetUp PC TOOL 32 Turn OFF the power of the RU 33 Turn ON the power of the RU 34 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are nor...

Страница 478: ...upper left and upper right corners of the LCD panel u INSTRUCTION u If the Machine Maintenance will not start touch the Return button to exit the User Utility and repeat the above step all over again...

Страница 479: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 11 Appx MT 11 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 6 Touch the Return button 7 Turn OFF the power of the RU 8 Turn ON the power of the RU...

Страница 480: ...pendix 2 Dimensions in the Conveyance Path 1 Rollers and Sensors Installed in the Conveyance Path The grip rollers and sensors in the conveyance path corresponding to the conveyance sensor check of th...

Страница 481: ...07 09 30 2008 FM5340 3 Dimensions of Members in the Conveyance Path Locations of such members that might cause damage on the IP during the conveyance are shown below A numerical value in the figure re...

Страница 482: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 14 Appx MT 14 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340...

Страница 483: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 15 Appx MT 15 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340...

Страница 484: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 16 Appx MT 16 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340...

Страница 485: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 17 Appx MT 17 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340...

Страница 486: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 18 Appx MT 18 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340...

Страница 487: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 19 Appx MT 19 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 488: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx MT 20 Appx MT 20 011 202 07 09 30 2008 FM5340 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 489: ...0 261 267 269 271 273 275 275 1 275 2 284 286 296 298 298 1 298 2 299 318 321 323 331 11 12 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 1 6 11 18 67 405 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 6 380 409 10 02 2006 06 Change...

Страница 490: ...ssary to check or adjust the installation location when the part or component removed is to be reinstalled This indicator is placed in the illustration that depicts the procedures for removing the par...

Страница 491: ...rcode Reader Assembly MC 45 5 13 Exposure Markers Receiving Boxes MC 46 5 14 Hold Release Arm MC 46 5 15 Hoses MC 47 5 16 Cassette Ejection Clutches CLA1 2 3 4 MC 48 5 17 Cassette Ejection Sensors SA1...

Страница 492: ...123 6 27 Guides for the First Second Third and Fourth Shelves MC 124 6 27 1 Removal Procedures MC 124 6 27 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 125 6 28 Guide Convergence Unit Lower Side MC 127 6 29 Rubber...

Страница 493: ...243 9 25 Timing Belt A MC 244 9 25 1 Removal Procedures MC 244 9 25 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 245 9 26 Timing Belt B MC 247 9 26 1 Removal Procedures MC 247 9 26 2 Reinstallation Procedures MC 24...

Страница 494: ...en Side Grip Release HP Sensor SZ3 MC 338 12 12 IP Stopper HP Sensor SZ5 MC 339 12 13 Grip Drive Motor MZ2 MC 340 12 14 Dust Removal Motor MZ3 MC 341 12 15 IP Stopper Drive Motor MZ4 MC 343 12 16 Driv...

Страница 495: ...P Type HR and HR BD MC 419 18 1 Sensitivity Correction for IP Type HR BD Both Side MC 419 18 2 Shading Correction for IP Type HR and HR BD MC 421 18 3 Special Sensitivity Correction for IP Type HR and...

Страница 496: ...R IR 363 Service Manual MC 7 MC 7 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 3 Covers 3 1 Covers SP INDEX Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal step...

Страница 497: ...EX Removal Procedures 20001 or later 1 Remove the filters Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps u NOTE u The heat resistant louvers are attached to the following machi...

Страница 498: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 9 MC 9 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 Removal Procedures 50001 or later 1 Remove the filters Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps...

Страница 499: ...ove the covers Upper front cover Lower front cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the shelf cover for the fourth shelf Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment P...

Страница 500: ...4 Housing Unit 4 1 Power Supply Unit 20001 or Later SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Top cover Lower front cover Upper right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers...

Страница 501: ...ice Manual MC 12 MC 12 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u To install the power supply unit securely attach the ground wire to the PE mark For reinstallation reverse the...

Страница 502: ...tment Procedure l CHECK 1 After the power supply unit is replaced check the voltage If the checked voltage is not within the range of the power supply voltage inspection standard adjust the voltage of...

Страница 503: ...cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the Fan n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedure l CHECK1 Make sure that the fan is attached in its correct or...

Страница 504: ...terminal u NOTE u The FAST ON terminal should be detached by pressing the shaded portion in the illustration below 4 Remove the circuit breaker n Removal Procedures 50001 or Later 1 Remove the covers...

Страница 505: ...FAST ON terminals all the way in Pay attention to the attachment position of the FAST ON terminal For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedure l CHECK 1 Attach the circui...

Страница 506: ...move the bracket 3 Remove the FAST ON terminal u NOTE u The FAST ON terminal should be detached by pressing the shaded portion in the illustration below 4 Remove the socket n Reinstallation Procedures...

Страница 507: ...s 1 Remove the covers Top cover Upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Disconnect the connectors 3 Remove the FANG1 and FANG2 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal st...

Страница 508: ...ures 1 Remove the cover Upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the fan assembly 3 Remove the FANG3 FANG4 and FANG5 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps...

Страница 509: ...emove the cover Lower rear cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the BCRC1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 4 8 Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or Later SP INDEX n Removal Pr...

Страница 510: ...move the touch panel assembly n Exploded View For the exploded view of the touch panel assembly see the Service Parts List SP 11A_CONTROLLER 1 20001 or Later n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u Make...

Страница 511: ...the RU 2 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode After the main screen appears sequentially touch the upper left and upper right corners of the touch panel REFERENCE If your touch is accepted by the pane...

Страница 512: ...r the position error between the touched points and the points responded by the panel will become broader and the response of the touch panel may get worse The main screen of the Machine Maintenance c...

Страница 513: ...istatic member front SP 02A_FRAME 1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 4 10 Antistatic Members Rear SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the feed load conveyor...

Страница 514: ...yor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the SG1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 4 12 11x14IP Determination Sensor SG2 SP INDEX n Removal Proced...

Страница 515: ...ver MC 3 1_Covers 2 Pull out the cassette set unit MC 5 1_Pulling Out the Cassette Set Unit 3 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 4 Remove the cassette hold release pin u...

Страница 516: ...eft hand side cover MC 3 1_Cover 2 Disconnect the connector and remove the screws 3 Pull out the power supply unit and disconnect the connectors u INSTRUCTION u Due to the bracket on the back side of...

Страница 517: ...the power supply unit securely attach the ground wire For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Measure the voltage in accordance with the table in l 50001 or Later and 60001 or Later MT 8 2 2_Chec...

Страница 518: ...remove the grounding wire 4 Release the clamps and remove the screws 5 Remove the screws and remove the power supply unit n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u To install the power supply unit securel...

Страница 519: ...Remove the Power Supply Assembly MC 4 14_Power Supply Assembly 50001 or Later 2 Release the clamp and disconnect the connectors 3 Remove the screws 4 Remove the PSU29A board u NOTE u To remove the PSU...

Страница 520: ...el Assembly 50001 or Later and 60001 or Later SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Upper front cover Upper right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Move the touch panel assembly away 3 Disco...

Страница 521: ...on reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedure For the detailed procedure refer to CHECK Adjustment Procedure in 4 8 Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or later MC 4 8_Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or...

Страница 522: ...Lower front cover Upper right hand side cover Upper left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the shelf cover for the fourth shelf MC 3 3_Shelf Cover for the Fourth Shelf 3 Remove the touch panel a...

Страница 523: ...d by the Hold Here labels to pull out the cassette set unit n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 6 n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u To push the cassette set unit into the housing get hold of the...

Страница 524: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 35 MC 35 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 6...

Страница 525: ...sons should cooperate with each other to perform the procedures n Removal Procedures CAUTION Unless the cassette set unit is to be removed do not take off the brackets Otherwise the cassette set unit...

Страница 526: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 37 MC 37 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 2...

Страница 527: ...the disconnected cables and connectors to the housing with tape or the like to prevent them from becoming entangled MC 4 8_Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or Later MC 4 17_Touch Panel Assembly 50001 or La...

Страница 528: ...hird shelves are the same except removal reinstallation procedures for their connector n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the cover Upper front cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Disconnect the connectors 3 Remove the...

Страница 529: ...er for the fourth shelf MC 3 3_Shelf Cover for the Fourth Shelf 3 Remove the shutter assembly for the fourth shelf n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 5 6 Arms Whi...

Страница 530: ...TION u Remove the shutter assembly for the shelf where the shutter to be removed is installed MC 5 3_Shutter Assembly for the First Shelf MC 5 4_Shutter Assemblies for the Second and Third Shelves MC...

Страница 531: ...dentical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the shutter assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the shutter assembly for the shelf where the LED to be removed is installed MC 5 3_Shutter Assembly for the First She...

Страница 532: ...or the antistatic members for the first second third and fourth shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the shutter assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the shutter assembly for the shelf w...

Страница 533: ...ng Out the Cassette Set Unit 2 Remove the shutter assembly u INSTRUCTION u To remove the MA2 MA3 or MA4 remove its relevant shelf and the shutter assembly for the shelf immediately above MC 5 3_Shutte...

Страница 534: ...assette set unit MC 5 1_Pulling Out the Cassette Set Unit 2 Remove the barcode reader assembly n Exploded View For the exploded view of the latch assembly latch drive unit see the Service Parts List S...

Страница 535: ...UCTION u Remove the barcode reader assembly for the shelf where the exposure markers receiving box cover to be removed is installed MC 5 12_Barcode Reader Assembly 3 Remove the exposure markers receiv...

Страница 536: ...shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the hose n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal...

Страница 537: ...ntical This section describes the replacement procedures for the CLA1 n Removal Procedures 1 Pull out the cassette set unit MC 5 1_Pulling Out the Cassette Set Unit 2 Remove the CLA1 n Reinstallation...

Страница 538: ...r Assembly for the Fourth Shelf 2 Remove the SA1 SP 03A_CASSETTE SET UNIT 1 20001 or Later SP 03B_CASSETTE SET UNIT 2 50001 or Later n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u Make sure that the latches of...

Страница 539: ...n Removal Procedures 1 Pull out the cassette set unit MC 5 1_Pulling Out the Cassette Set Unit 2 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 3 Move the arms white to the position...

Страница 540: ...load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the SA5 u NOTE u The FAST ON terminal should be detached by pressing the shaded portion in the illustration below n Reinstallation Procedure...

Страница 541: ...he arms white to the positions illustrated below 3 Remove the suction cup assembly u NOTE u When installing or removing the suction cup assembly perform the procedures while supporting the IP removal...

Страница 542: ...Cup Assemblies 2 Remove the suction cups n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 When attaching the suction cups make sure tha...

Страница 543: ...r the roller assemblies for the first second third and fourth shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Move the arms white t...

Страница 544: ...MC 5 4_Shutter Assemblies for the Second and Third Shelves MC 5 5_Shutter Assembly for the Fourth Shelf 2 Remove the barcode reader assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the barcode reader assembly for the...

Страница 545: ...56 MC 56 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 7 Remove the brackets 8 Remove the planetary gear assembly 9 Remove the cassette ejection roller for the first shelf n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallati...

Страница 546: ...installed MC 5 3_Shutter Assembly for the First Shelf MC 5 4_Shutter Assemblies for the Second and Third Shelves MC 5 5_Shutter Assembly for the Fourth Shelf 2 Remove the barcode reader assembly u INS...

Страница 547: ...move the cassette set base assembly n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u Because you may get your hand pinched do not perform the reinstallation procedures by grasping the lower front portion of the c...

Страница 548: ...allation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 5 27 Inch Metric Sensors SA6 12 18 24 SP INDEX u NOTE u The replacement procedures for the SA6 SA12 SA18 and SA24 are all identical n R...

Страница 549: ...ocedures 1 Remove the cassette set base assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the cassette set base assembly for the shelf where the guide plates to be removed are installed MC 5 25_Cassette Set Base Assemb...

Страница 550: ...rs 2 Remove the guide plates MC 5 28_Guide Plates 3 Remove the actuator cassette IN detection u NOTE u Be sure to observe the procedures for the removal reinstallation of the actuator Otherwise the ac...

Страница 551: ...Removal Procedures 1 Remove the cassette set base assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the cassette set base assembly for the shelf where the stoppers to be removed are installed MC 5 25_Cassette Set Base...

Страница 552: ...et assemblies for the first second third and fourth shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the suction cup HP sensor MC 5 19_Suction Cup HP Sensors SA4 10 16 22 2 Move the arms white...

Страница 553: ...ssembly on the fourth shelf remove the reinforcement bracket MC 5 43_Reinforcement Bracket n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHEC...

Страница 554: ...ourth shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Move the arms white to the positions illustrated below 2 Remove the arms white MC 5 6_Arms White 3 Remove the suction pump bracket assembly u INS...

Страница 555: ...the IP removal arm n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 The right and left slide bearings should be attached in different o...

Страница 556: ...edures 1 Remove the arms white MC 5 6_Arms White 2 Remove the suction pump bracket assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the suction pump bracket assembly for the shelf where the bearing to be removed is in...

Страница 557: ...8 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Remove the bearings n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the bearings are a...

Страница 558: ...ures for the SOLA1 n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the cassette set base assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the cassette set base assembly for the shelf where the solenoid assembly to be removed is install...

Страница 559: ...dures 20001 or Later 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the SVA1 n Removal Procedures 50001 or Later 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Con...

Страница 560: ...ntical This section describes the replacement procedures for the PA1 n Removal Procedures 20001 or Later 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the PA1 n Removal...

Страница 561: ...HECK 1 Make sure that the hose is attached in a proper position as illustrated below l CHECK 2 To attach the hose push it all the way n Check Adjustment Procedures 50001 or Later l CHECK 1 Make sure t...

Страница 562: ...3 4 2 Remove the cassette hold pin n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 5 38 Movable Guide Assemblies SP INDEX u NOTE u The replacement procedures for the movable g...

Страница 563: ...ird and fourth shelves are all identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the movable guide assemblies MC 5 38_Movable Guide Assemblies 2 Remove the movable guides n Reinstallation Procedures For reinsta...

Страница 564: ...ll identical n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the IP removal arm MC 5 32_IP Removal Arms 2 Remove the tapes n Reinstallation Procedures u INSTRUCTION u When the tapes are to be replaced degrease the surf...

Страница 565: ...Load Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the guides SP 03F_CASSETTE SET UNIT 6 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 5 42 IP Stoppers SP INDEX u NOTE u The replacement procedure...

Страница 566: ...ment Bracket SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Pull out the cassette set unit MC 5 1_Pulling Out the Cassette Set Unit 2 Move the arms white to the positions illustrated below 3 Remove the reinforcement...

Страница 567: ...the Cassette Set Unit MC 5 4 Shutter Assemblies for the Second and Third Shelves MC 5 12 Barcode Reader Assembly MC 5 18 Cassette Hold Sensors SA3 9 15 21 MC 5 25 Cassette Set Base Assemblies Skip th...

Страница 568: ...screws and remove the guide plate 4 Carry out the operation of the procedure 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure 5 Push down the end of the actuator check that orientations of t...

Страница 569: ...Unit MC 5 4 Shutter Assemblies for the Second and Third Shelves MC 5 12 Barcode Reader Assembly MC 5 18 Cassette Hold Sensors SA3 9 15 21 MC 5 25 Cassette Set Base Assemblies Skip the already complet...

Страница 570: ...e screws and remove the guide plate 4 Carry out the operation of the procedure 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure 5 Push up the end of the actuator check that orientations of th...

Страница 571: ...orsion coil spring support the actuator 3 Carry out operations of the procedures 4 to 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure 4 While holding the actuator as shown in the figure push...

Страница 572: ...t the torsion coil spring is caught under the bracket 6 Manually move the actuator several times Check to make sure that the actuator can move without being caught on the bracket 7 Reinstall the guide...

Страница 573: ...MC 4 8 Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or Later MC 4 17 Touch Panel Assembly 50001 or Later and 60001 or Later MC 3 3 Shelf Cover for the Fourth Shelf MC 3 1 Covers Skip the already completed procedures in...

Страница 574: ...in the figure below 3 Carry out operations of the procedures 4 to 8 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure 4 Reinstall the actuator with the shaft end of the actuator aligning with t...

Страница 575: ...k that the torsion coil spring hooks under the bracket Check that the torsion coil spring holds the actuator 8 Manually move the actuator several times Check to make sure that the actuator can move wi...

Страница 576: ...MC 4 8 Touch Panel Assembly 20001 or Later MC 4 17 Touch Panel Assembly 50001 or Later and 60001 or Later MC 3 3 Shelf Cover for the Fourth Shelf MC 3 1 Covers Skip the already completed procedures i...

Страница 577: ...he following points when removing installing and moving it Before proceeding with the procedures secure sufficient working space around the machine Get hold of the portions indicated by the Hold Here...

Страница 578: ...e feed load conveyor unit onto the housing u NOTE u Use care so that the side plate bottom portions of the feed load conveyor unit do not ride onto the brackets of the housing 2 Secure the feed load c...

Страница 579: ...reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Attach the sensor with its orientation in mind 6 3 Path Changeover Shelf Sensors SB7 8 9 SP INDEX u NOTE u The replacemen...

Страница 580: ...nstallation Procedures u NOTE u Make sure that the latches of the sensor are hooked properly For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 6 5 Path Changeover HP Sensor SB11 SP INDEX Removal Procedures...

Страница 581: ...r Unit 2 Remove the IP jam handling assembly Exploded View For the exploded view of the IP jam handling assembly see the Service Parts List SP 04A_FEED LOAD CONVEYOR 1 Reinstallation Procedures For re...

Страница 582: ...8E 09 30 2009 FM5540 Exploded View Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the brush roller assembly and brush rolle...

Страница 583: ...ference Side SP INDEX 6 8 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operation of the step 3 from the direction indicated by the arrow in...

Страница 584: ...6 8 2 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Make sure that the half clutch spur gear is secured by the rods of the bracket 2 Reinstall the cam bracket assembly 3 Connect the connector and secure the clamp 4 Re...

Страница 585: ...sembly upper reference side MC 6 8_Cam Bracket Assembly Upper Reference Side 2 Rotate the cam until it orients as indicated in the figure below u NOTE u If the cam has not been rotated to the orientat...

Страница 586: ...clutch spur gear may pop out If the inner member pops out push it back where it was If the inner member is removed it may cause trouble or failure 6 9 2 Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u 327Y0176C wi...

Страница 587: ...hment location of the cam u NOTE u Check to ensure that the ratchet head and the protruding portion inside the cam are snugly attached at all of three portions If the cam and the spur gear are mounted...

Страница 588: ...l the actuator is viewed from the hole on the bracket and verify the attachment location of the cam 5 Make sure that the half clutch spur gear is secured by the rods of the bracket 6 Reinstall the cam...

Страница 589: ...NDEX 6 10 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 to 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figur...

Страница 590: ...8E 09 30 2009 FM5540 7 Remove the cam and half clutch spur gear u NOTE u The inner member of the half clutch spur gear may pop out If the inner member pops out push it back where it was If the inner m...

Страница 591: ...to 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Reinstall the cam and half clutch spur gear u NOTE u The inner member of the half clutch spur gear may pop out If the inner member...

Страница 592: ...the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below Align the half clutch spur gear the holes of the bracket and the rods of the bracket in position Then reintall the bracket 6 Reinstall the brac...

Страница 593: ...Remove the gears bracing bracket upper opposite reference side Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 6 12 Gears Bracing Bracket Lower Opposite Reference Side SP INDEX...

Страница 594: ...ide MC 6 11_Gears Bracing Bracket Upper Opposite Reference Side 2 Remove the gears bracing bracket lower opposite reference side MC 6 12_Gears Bracing Bracket Lower Opposite Reference Side 3 Remove th...

Страница 595: ...res For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Attach the SB5 with its orientation in mind 6 15 Pre Convergence IP Sensor SB6 SP INDEX Removal Procedures 1 Remo...

Страница 596: ...Put the feed load conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 3 Remove the spur gears 4 Remove the MB1 Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Pr...

Страница 597: ...osite Reference Side 2 Put the feed load conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 3 Remove the MB2 Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Proc...

Страница 598: ...r Reference Side 2 Put the feed load conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 3 Remove the MB3 Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedur...

Страница 599: ...es 1 Remove the feed load conveyor unit MC 6 1_Feed Load Conveyor Unit 2 Put the feed load conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 3 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly Reinstallation...

Страница 600: ...2 Remove the antistatic member Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 6 22 Shock Absorbing Rollers Convergence Unit SP INDEX u NOTE u The following two kinds of shock...

Страница 601: ...ons of Rubber Rollers 6 23 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the gears bracing bracket upper opposite reference side MC 6 11_Gears Bracing Bracket Upper Opposite Reference Side 2 Put the feed load conveyo...

Страница 602: ...rientation indicated in the figure below is reached and then remove it 8 Rotate the housing until the orientation indicated in the figure below is reached and then remove it 9 Carry out the operations...

Страница 603: ...remove it 14 Move the rubber roller B inward and then remove it 6 23 2 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 to 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure...

Страница 604: ...tation of the rubber roller 5 Insert the other end of the robber roller into the side plate 6 Carry out the operations of the steps 7 and 8 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure belo...

Страница 605: ...teps 10 to 12 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 10 Align the housing with the hole on the side plate in orientation and then reinstall it 11 Align the housing with the hole...

Страница 606: ...pring and spur gear u NOTE u The orientation of attaching the spur gear differs depending on the location to be attached Verify the orientation of the spur gear before attaching it MC 6 13_Conveyance...

Страница 607: ...emove the shock absorbing roller assembly for the first shelf MC 6 19_Shock Absorbing Roller Assemblies for the First Second and Third Shelves 3 Remove the rubber rollers A and B MC 6 23_Rubber Roller...

Страница 608: ...figure below 2 Reinstall the bearing 3 Reinstall the arm 4 Reinstall the tension coil spring and spur gear 5 Reinstall the rubber rollers A and B MC 6 23_Rubber Rollers A B C D E F G and H 6 Reinstal...

Страница 609: ...C 6 8_Cam Bracket Assembly Upper Reference Side 3 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly u INSTRUCTION u Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly for the shelf where the arm and bearing to be re...

Страница 610: ...g 4 Reinstall the rubber rollers u INSTRUCTION u Install the rubber roller for the shelf where the mounted arm and bearing are installed MC 6 23_Rubber Rollers A B C D E F G and H 5 Reinstall the shoc...

Страница 611: ...m bracket assembly upper reference side MC 6 8_Cam Bracket Assembly Upper Reference Side 7 Reinstall the IP feed load sensor u INSTRUCTION u Install the IP feed load sensor cassette side for the shelf...

Страница 612: ...t second third and fourth shelves are all identical Removal Procedures 1 Remove the arm and bearing u INSTRUCTION u Remove the arm and bearing for the shelf where the path changeover guide to be remov...

Страница 613: ...INSTRUCTION u Remove the path changeover guide for the shelf where the guide to be removed is installed MC 6 26_Path Changeover Guides for the First Second Third and Fourth Shelves 2 Carry out the ope...

Страница 614: ...h the side plate and cannot be removed 6 27 2 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 and 3 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Insert the guide...

Страница 615: ...Carry out the operations of the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 5 Reinstall the screws 6 Reinstall the screws 7 Reinstall the path changeover guide assembl...

Страница 616: ...posite reference side MC 6 12_Gears Bracing Bracket Lower Opposite Reference Side 2 Remove the SB6 MC 6 15_Pre Convergence IP Sensor SB6 3 Remove the shock absorbing rollers convergence unit MC 6 22_S...

Страница 617: ...This section describes the replacement procedures for the rubber rollers I and J Locations of Rubber Rollers Removal Procedures 1 Remove the cam bracket assembly upper reference side MC 6 8_Cam Brack...

Страница 618: ...K 1 Make sure that the spur gear is attached at its correct orientation MC 6 13_Conveyance Mechanism Opposite Reference Side Gears _ n Check Adjustment Procedures 6 30 Rubber Rollers M and N SP INDEX...

Страница 619: ...u The rubber rollers differ in length and shape depending on where they are attached Pay attention to their attachment locations For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedur...

Страница 620: ...move the cam bracket assembly upper reference side MC 6 8_Cam Bracket Assembly Upper Reference Side 3 Remove the gears bracing bracket upper opposite reference side MC 6 11_Gears Bracing Bracket Upper...

Страница 621: ...Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the spur gear is attached at its correct orientation MC 6 13_Conveyance Mechanism Opposite Reference Side Gears _ n Check Adjustment Procedures 6 32 Rubber Rollers...

Страница 622: ...u The rubber rollers differ in length and shape depending on where they are attached Pay attention to their attachment locations For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedur...

Страница 623: ...ce it with the old model guide with an anti jam spacer The machines with the following serial numbers are equipped with a new model guide before shipment CR IR 363 22803 or later The new model guide i...

Страница 624: ...allation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the spacer is attached correctly l CHECK 2 The convergence path changeover guide s...

Страница 625: ...onvergence Path Changeover Guide 3 Remove the rubber rollers S and T Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u The rubber rollers differ in length and shape depending on where they are attached Pay attention...

Страница 626: ...Removal Procedures 1 Remove the SB5 MC 6 14_Pre BCR IP Sensor SB5 2 Remove the rubber rollers Q and R MC 6 32_Rubber Rollers Q and R 3 Remove the convergence path changeover guide MC 6 33_Convergence...

Страница 627: ...11 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 Reinstall the convergence path changeover guide MC 6 33_Convergence Path Changeover Guide 3 Reinstall the rubber rollers Q and R MC 6 32_Rubber Rollers Q and R 4 Reinsta...

Страница 628: ...t assembly upper reference side MC 6 8_Cam Bracket Assembly Upper Reference Side 2 Rotate the cam until it orients as indicated in the figure below 3 Remove the half clutch spur gear and cam u NOTE u...

Страница 629: ...r and the cam while applying tension to the ratchet head 3 Verify the attachment location of the cam u NOTE u Check to ensure that the ratchet head and the protruding portion inside the cam are snugly...

Страница 630: ...il the actuator is viewed from the hole on the bracket and verify the attachment location of the cam 5 Make sure that the half clutch spur gear is secured by the rods of the bracket 6 Reinstall the ca...

Страница 631: ...veyor Unit SP INDEX 7 1 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Lower right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover Lower rear cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Carry out the operations in t...

Страница 632: ...ons in the steps 6 to 8 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 6 Disconnect the connector 7 Disconnect the connectors 8 Remove the screws 9 Carry out the operations in the step...

Страница 633: ...unit and flip it down forward u NOTE u Exercise care not to bring the upper portion of the side positioning conveyer unit into contact with the ceiling of the housing shadowed portion in the figure w...

Страница 634: ...oning conveyer unit onto the housing The guide of the side positioning conveyer unit might possibly deform or get damaged 3 Push in the lower portion of the side positioning conveyer unit horizontally...

Страница 635: ...e into contact with the ceiling of the housing resulting in deformation or damage of the guide of the side positioning conveyer unit REFERENCE When the upper portion of the side positioning conveyer u...

Страница 636: ...ions in the steps 8 to 10 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 8 Connect the connector 9 Attach the screws 10 Connect the connectors 11 Carry out the operations in the steps 1...

Страница 637: ...ervice Manual MC 148 MC 148 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 13 Connect the connector 14 Reinstall the covers Lower front cover Lower right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover Lower rear cover MC...

Страница 638: ...C1 SP 05E_SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 5 20001 or Later SP 05F_SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 6 50001 or Later n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u Make sure that the latches of the sensor are hooked properly...

Страница 639: ...the SC2 Otherwise the SC2 might be damaged 4 Remove the spur gears n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 7 4 Grip Release HP Sensor SC2 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures...

Страница 640: ..._SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 2 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 7 6 Cleaning Guide HP Sensor SC4 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cov...

Страница 641: ...n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the side positioning conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the timing belt n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps...

Страница 642: ...ing conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Lay down the side positioning conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated below 3 Remove the MC1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reins...

Страница 643: ...emove the spur gears reference side MC 7 3_Spur Gears Reference Side 2 Remove the MC1 MC 7 8_Side Positioning Motor MC1 3 Remove the MC2 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the remo...

Страница 644: ...1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the timing belt MC 7 7_Timing Belt 3 Lay down the side positioning conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated below 4 Remove the MC3 n Reinstallation...

Страница 645: ...emove the side positioning conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the cleaning guide driving motor assembly 3 Remove the MC4 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation revers...

Страница 646: ...ve Unit Overall SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the MC2 MC 7 9_Grip Release Motor MC2 2 Remove the MC3 MC 7 10_IP Transport Motor MC3 3 Disconnect the connectors and cables 4 Move the latch ass...

Страница 647: ...5540 n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Move the latch assembly to such a position as illustrated below 2 Mount the latch drive unit overall onto the side positioning conveyor unit 3 Move the latch assembl...

Страница 648: ...atch assembly in the direction of the arrow as illustrated below to facilitate access to the E rings that retain the shaft n Exploded View For the exploded view of the latch assembly latch drive unit...

Страница 649: ...the spur gears reference side MC 7 3_Spur Gears Reference Side 2 Move the latch assembly reference side to its home position 3 Remove the latch assembly reference side n Reinstallation Procedures For...

Страница 650: ...he tensioner SP 05C_SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 3 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 7 16 Planetary Gear Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the timing...

Страница 651: ...spur gear opposite reference side SP 05C_SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 3 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 7 18 Antistatic Members SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 R...

Страница 652: ...Gears Reference Side 2 Remove the grip arms n Reinstallation Procedures u INSTRUCTION u The cams differ in shape depending on where they are attached When attaching the cams use care not to confuse th...

Страница 653: ...etary gear assembly MC 7 16_Planetary Gear Assembly 3 Remove the grip arms n Reinstallation Procedures u INSTRUCTION u The cams differ in shape depending on where they are attached When attaching the...

Страница 654: ...MC 7 20_Grip Mechanism Opposite Reference Side 3 Remove the grip shaft SP 05B_SIDE POSITIONING CONVEYOR 2 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 7 22 Shock Absorbing...

Страница 655: ...guide u NOTE u The guide removed should not be placed with its IP contacting face down Otherwise the contacting face might be scratched or soiled 3 Remove the rubber roller A n Reinstallation Procedu...

Страница 656: ...ions n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the rubber roller A MC 7 23_Rubber Roller A 2 Remove the rubber roller B u NOTE u The guide removed should not be placed with its IP contacting face down Otherwise t...

Страница 657: ...de MC 7 20_Grip Mechanism Opposite Reference Side 3 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly MC 7 22_Shock Absorbing Roller Assembly 4 Remove the rubber rollers C and D n Detailed Illustrated Proced...

Страница 658: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 169 MC 169 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 CHECK 1...

Страница 659: ...E u INSTRUCTION u The rubber roller E removal step varies with the serial number of the machine Confirm the serial number and then perform the associated procedure 20004 20030 20034 20046 to 20048 200...

Страница 660: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 171 MC 171 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 a CHECK 1...

Страница 661: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 172 MC 172 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 b CHECK 1...

Страница 662: ...TRUCTION u The rubber roller F removal step varies with the serial number of the machine Confirm the serial number and then perform the associated procedure 20004 20030 20034 20046 to 20048 20058 2006...

Страница 663: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 174 MC 174 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 a CHECK 1...

Страница 664: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 175 MC 175 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 b CHECK 1...

Страница 665: ...9 FM5540 7 28 Guide SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the rubber rollers C and D MC 7 25_Rubber Roller C and D 2 Remove the rubber roller E MC 7 26_Rubber Roller E 3 Remove the guide n Reinstalla...

Страница 666: ...sitioning conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the guide u NOTE u The guide removed should not be placed with its IP contacting face down Otherwise the contacting face might be...

Страница 667: ...n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Mount the cleaning guide assembly onto the side positioning conveyor unit 2 Secure the cleaning guide assembly and guide in place 3 Connect the connector 4 Reinstall the...

Страница 668: ...2 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 7 30 Cleaning Guide SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the MC4 MC 7 11_Cleaning Guide Driving Motor MC4 2 Remove the cleaning guide assembly MC 7 29_Cleaning Guide Assembly...

Страница 669: ...M5540 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the cleaning guide is installed in its correct orientation l CHECK...

Страница 670: ...Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operation of the step 3 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 3 Rotate the spur gear fully clockwise REFERENCE When the spur gear is rotated the...

Страница 671: ...s in the steps 6 and 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 6 Remove the screw 7 Remove the screw 8 Remove the antistatic brush assembly 9 Carry out the operations in the step...

Страница 672: ...83 MC 183 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 11 Remove the screw 12 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly 13 Carry out the operation of the step 14 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the fig...

Страница 673: ...where the tape is to be applied by a cleaner 3 Peel off approximately a half of the tape mount 4 Apply the tape u NOTES u Apply the tape on the position where the end surface of the guide is not view...

Страница 674: ...u NOTES u Apply carefully not to leave air bubbles between the tape and the guide Apply carefully not to leave wrinkles on the tape 7 Check the distance between the rubber end to the tape end u NOTE u...

Страница 675: ...FM5540 9 Apply the tape to the rear of the guide u NOTE u Apply carefully not to leave air bubbles between the tape and the guide 10 Reinstall the shock absorbing roller assembly 11 Attach the screw 1...

Страница 676: ...15 and 16 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 15 Secure the screw 16 Secure the screw 17 Lay down the side positioning conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated be...

Страница 677: ...0 2009 FM5540 19 Rotate the spur gear fully counterclockwise REFERENCE By rotating the spur gear fully counterclockwise the latch assembly restores to its home position 20 Reinstall the side positioni...

Страница 678: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 189 MC 189 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 8 Post Reading Conveyor Unit 8 1 Post Reading Conveyor Unit SP INDEX 8 1 1 Nothing...

Страница 679: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 190 MC 190 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 680: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 191 MC 191 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 681: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 192 MC 192 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 682: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 193 MC 193 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 683: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 194 MC 194 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 684: ...wer light collecting guide MC 11 2_Lower Light Collecting Guide 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 3 and 4 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 3 Disconnect the connector...

Страница 685: ...ading conveyor unit into contact with the ceiling of the housing shadowed portion in the figure when slightly lifting the post reading conveyor unit and flipping it down forward The guide of the post...

Страница 686: ...o the subscanning unit u NOTE u Exercise care not to bring the upper portion of the post reading conveyor unit into contact with the ceiling of the housing shadowed portion in the figure when raising...

Страница 687: ...rations of the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 5 Secure the screws 6 Connect the connector 7 Carry out the operations of the steps 8 and 9 from the directio...

Страница 688: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 199 MC 199 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 10 Reinstall the lower light collecting guide MC 11 2_Lower Light Collecting Guide...

Страница 689: ...e tensioner assembly n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 8 3 Timing Belt SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading...

Страница 690: ...veyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the bracket 3 Remove the spur gears opposite reference side n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjus...

Страница 691: ...ure that the latches of the sensor are hooked properly For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 8 6 Grip Mechanism Reference Side SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the spur gears opposite ref...

Страница 692: ...emoval Procedures 1 Remove the timing belt MC 8 3_Timing Belt 2 Remove the bracket 3 Remove the planetary gear assembly n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check...

Страница 693: ...reference side n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that cam and spur gears are attached in their correct orientat...

Страница 694: ...Removal Procedures 1 Remove the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly n Exploded View For the exploded view of the shock absorbing r...

Страница 695: ...t in an orientation illustrated below 3 Remove the spur gears reference side n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 8 13 IP Transport Motor MD2 SP INDEX n Removal Pro...

Страница 696: ...207 MC 207 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 8 14 Variable Guide Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the variable gui...

Страница 697: ...63 Service Manual MC 208 MC 208 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the variable guide assembly 2 Reinstall the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyo...

Страница 698: ...ence Side 3 Remove the planetary gear assembly MC 8 7_Planetary Gear Assembly 4 Remove the rubber rollers A and B n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation...

Страница 699: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 210 MC 210 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 CHECK 1 CHECK 2...

Страница 700: ...rip mechanism reference side MC 8 6_Grip Mechanism Reference Side 3 Remove the grip mechanism opposite reference side MC 8 8_Grip Mechanism Opposite Reference Side 4 Remove the rubber rollers C and D...

Страница 701: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 212 MC 212 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 CHECK 1...

Страница 702: ...or Unit 2 Remove the spur gears MC 8 12_Spur Gears Reference Side 3 Put the post reading conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 4 Remove the rubber rollers E and F n Reinstallation Procedur...

Страница 703: ...or Unit 2 Remove the spur gears MC 8 12_Spur Gears Reference Side 3 Put the post reading conveyor unit in an orientation illustrated below 4 Remove the rubber rollers G and H n Reinstallation Procedur...

Страница 704: ...emove the SD2 MC 8 10_Post Reading Conveyance IP Sensor SD2 2 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly MC 8 11_Shock Absorbing Roller Assembly 3 Remove the rubber rollers A and C MC 8 15_Rubber Roll...

Страница 705: ...M5540 8 20 Guide B SP INDEX n Locations of Guides n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the rubber rollers E and G MC 8 17_Rubber Rollers E and F MC 8 18_Rubber Rollers G and H 2 Remove the guide B n Reinstal...

Страница 706: ...de 2 Remove the grip mechanism reference side MC 8 8_Grip Mechanism Opposite Reference Side 3 Remove the grip shaft n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adj...

Страница 707: ...ont light protect plate Middle right hand side cover Upper left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 3 Open the guide 4 Remove the erasure conveyor unit u NOTE...

Страница 708: ...40 n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Open the guide 2 Reinstall the erasure conveyor u NOTE u When installing the erasure conveyor unit take hold of the designated portions to perform the procedures If yo...

Страница 709: ...11 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Close the guide 4 Reinstall the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 5 Reinstall the covers Lower front cover Upper front light protect plate Middle right hand side cover...

Страница 710: ...er between 20001 or later and 50001 or later however removal reinstallation procedures are same n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Middle left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 R...

Страница 711: ...363 Service Manual MC 222 MC 222 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the lamp assembly 2 Reinstall the covers Lower front cover Middle left hand side cover MC 3 1_Co...

Страница 712: ...l MC 223 MC 223 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 3 Duct SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 2 Remove the duct n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation re...

Страница 713: ...4 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 4 Duct Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct MC 9 3_Duct 2 Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the duct assembly n Reinstallation Procedures For rein...

Страница 714: ...SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct MC 9 3_Duct 2 Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the FANE1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Pr...

Страница 715: ...n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct assembly MC 9 4_Duct Assembly 2 Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the FANE2 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adju...

Страница 716: ...SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct MC 9 3_Duct 2 Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the FANE3 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Pr...

Страница 717: ...DEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 2 Remove the filter n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the filter 2 Reinstall the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly n Che...

Страница 718: ...ps SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the filter MC 9 8_Filter 20001 or Later 2 Remove the lamps u NOTES u Remove the lamps in such order as illustrated below While avoiding the tab of the lamp as...

Страница 719: ...nstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the lamps u NOTES u Install the lamps in such order as illustrated below While avoiding the tab of the lamp assembly attach the lamp aslant Otherwise the lamp may be...

Страница 720: ...Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the lamps MC 9 9_Lamps 2 Remove the duct assembly MC 9 4_Duct Assembly 3 Release the clamps 4 Disconnect the connectors 5 Mount the duct u NOTE u Befor...

Страница 721: ...hould be placed on a clean cloth or the like Otherwise the reflection plate assembly might be soiled n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 11 Lamp Temperature Sens...

Страница 722: ...1 Remove the reflection plate assembly MC 9 10_Reflection Plate Assembly 2 Remove the TSWE1 u NOTE u To detach the FAST ON terminal press the shaded portion in the illustration below to take it off n...

Страница 723: ...Procedures 1 Remove the reflection plate assembly MC 9 10_Reflection Plate Assembly 2 Remove the sockets n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Pro...

Страница 724: ...s not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage to electronic components on the printed circuit board n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct MC 9 3_Duct 2 Disconnect the connecto...

Страница 725: ...s not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage to electronic components on the printed circuit board n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the duct MC 9 3_Duct 2 Disconnect the connecto...

Страница 726: ...cedures 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Close the guide 3 Remove the IP switchback assembly n Exploded View For the exploded view of the IP switchback assembly see th...

Страница 727: ...Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Attach the SE1 with its orientation in mind 9 18 Switchback Standby IP Sensor SE2 SP INDEX n Removal Pr...

Страница 728: ...veyor Unit 2 Move the latch assembly to the position illustrated below 3 Remove the SE4 n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u Make sure that the latches of the sensor are hooked properly For reinstalla...

Страница 729: ...he erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the brackets n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Before atta...

Страница 730: ...n Procedures u NOTE u Make sure that the latches of the sensor are hooked properly For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 22 Shock Absorbing Roller Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Rem...

Страница 731: ...Procedures 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Disconnect the connectors 3 Remove the bracket 4 Remove the SOLE1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse t...

Страница 732: ...einstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 When attaching the reflection plate guide make sure that there is no gap between the reflection plate guide and the guid...

Страница 733: ...eyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 3 to 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 3 Remove the bracket 4 Remove the timing belt A and...

Страница 734: ...Procedures 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 to 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Reinstall the spacers and bearings 3 Put the erasure conveyor unit in such an...

Страница 735: ...groove of the rod and does not come off 6 Verify the attachment of the housing and the bearing from the bottom of the erasure conveyer unit u NOTE u Check to ensure that the portions indicated by the...

Страница 736: ...SP INDEX n Locations of Timing Belts 9 26 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 3 to 5 from the direction indicat...

Страница 737: ...48 MC 248 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 5 Remove the timing belt B REFERENCE The timing belt B is mounted in the passage indicated in the figure below 9 26 2 Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallati...

Страница 738: ...asure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 3 and 4 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 3 Remove the timing belt C and the timing...

Страница 739: ...30 2009 FM5540 9 27 2 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 and 3 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Reinstall the spacers and bearings 3 Re...

Страница 740: ...rod and does not come off 5 Verify the attachment of the housing and the bearing from the bottom of the erasure conveyer unit u NOTE u Check to ensure that the portions indicated by the dotted lines i...

Страница 741: ...erence Side Gears SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the timing belt B MC 9 26_Timing Belt B 2 Remove the spur gears n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Chec...

Страница 742: ...2 Remove the timing belt A MC 9 25_Timing Belt A 3 Remove the spur gears 4 Remove the grip arm n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l...

Страница 743: ...ming belt C MC 9 27_Timing Belt C 2 Remove the conveyance mechanism opposite reference side gears MC 9 28_Conveyance Mechanism Opposite Reference Side Gears 3 Carry out the operations in the steps 4 a...

Страница 744: ...icated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Verify the attachment locations of the cam and the spur gear 3 Reinstall the grip arm 4 Reinstall the E ring spacer and KL clip 5 Reinstall the bracket 6 Rein...

Страница 745: ...ioner assembly is positioned by the tension coil spring Attach the tension coil spring before securing the tensioner assembly in place For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 32 Guide A SP INDE...

Страница 746: ...s 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the tensioner assembly MC 9 31_Tensioner Assembly 3 Remove the guide A MC 9 32_Guide A 4 Put the erasure conveyor unit in suc...

Страница 747: ...2009 FM5540 9 34 Guide C SP INDEX n Locations of Guides n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly MC 9 22_Shock Absorbing Roller Assembly 2 Remove the guide C n Reinstallation...

Страница 748: ...de pressure bracket MC 9 48_Guide Pressure Bracket 4 Carry out the operations of the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 5 Release the clamp and disconnect the...

Страница 749: ...indicated by the arrow in the figure below 8 Remove the screws 9 Remove the screws 10 Carry out the operations of the step 11 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 11 Remove t...

Страница 750: ...ted by the arrow u NOTE u When the spur gear is rotated the latch assembly moves inward Unless the spur gear has moved to a specified position the latch of the latch assembly might get damaged when th...

Страница 751: ...otate the spur gear of the latch drive unit fully counterclockwise 5 Push in the latch drive unit to its retained position 6 Carry out the operations of the steps 7 and 8 from the direction indicated...

Страница 752: ...arrow in the figure below 10 Connect the connector and the screw and secure the clamp 11 Reinstall the guide pressure bracket MC 9 48_Guide Pressure Bracket 12 Reinstall the grip mechanism opposite r...

Страница 753: ...move the latch assembly n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 37 IP Transport Motor ME1 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the conveyance mechanism opposite re...

Страница 754: ...ssembly 3 Remove the ME2 SP 07C_ERASURE CONVEYOR 3 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 39 Grip Release Motor ME3 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the grip...

Страница 755: ...llustrated Procedure Step 4 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 The tension coil springs differ in length depending on wher...

Страница 756: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 267 MC 267 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Detailed Illustrated Procedure Step 4 CHECK 1 CHECK 2...

Страница 757: ...tallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 The tension coil springs differ in length depending on where they are attached Make sure that...

Страница 758: ...J SP INDEX n Locations of Rubber Rollers n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the SOLE1 MC 9 23_Branch Path Guide Driving Solenoid SOLE1 2 Remove the timing belt B MC 9 26_Timing Belt B 3 Remove the rubber r...

Страница 759: ...R IR 363 Service Manual MC 270 MC 270 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Align the hole of the side plate and the housing together before attaching the rubber roller...

Страница 760: ...edures 1 Remove the ME1 MC 9 37_IP Transport Motor ME1 2 Remove the ME3 MC 9 39_Grip Release Motor ME3 3 Remove the latch assembly reference side MC 9 36_Latch Assembly Reference Side 4 Carry out the...

Страница 761: ...below 8 Raise the rear of the guide 9 Remove the guide while keeping clear of the half punches inside the side plate u NOTE u Remove the guide carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the...

Страница 762: ...clear of the half punches in the side plate u NOTE u Insert the guide carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the guide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be i...

Страница 763: ...e figure below 5 Check to ensure that the tip of the guide is mounted on the half punch u NOTE u If the tip of the guide is not mounted on the half punch in the side plate it might cause the IP to get...

Страница 764: ...275 MC 275 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 Reinstall the latch assembly reference side MC 9 36_Latch Assembly Reference Side 10 Reinstall the ME3 MC 9 39_Grip Release Motor ME3 11 Reinstall the ME1 MC...

Страница 765: ...Remove the ME3 MC 9 39_Grip Release Motor ME3 3 Remove the latch assembly reference side MC 9 36_Latch Assembly Reference Side 4 Carry out the operations of the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indic...

Страница 766: ...ide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be removed 9 Remove the guide while keeping clear of the half punches inside the side plate u NOTE u Remove the guide carefully not to...

Страница 767: ...u NOTE u Insert the guide carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the guide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be installed 2 Insert the tip of the guide betwe...

Страница 768: ...steps 4 and 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 4 Attach the screws 5 Attach the screws 6 Reinstall the latch assembly reference side MC 9 36_Latch Assembly Reference Side...

Страница 769: ...ve the grip mechanism opposite reference side MC 9 30_Grip Mechanism Opposite Reference Side 3 Remove the grip shaft n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Ad...

Страница 770: ...uide F SP INDEX n Locations of Guides n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the ME3 MC 9 39_Grip Release Motor ME3 2 Remove the rubber rollers A and B MC 9 40_Rubber Rollers A B C D E and F 3 Remove the guide...

Страница 771: ...uide SP INDEX n Locations of Guides n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the SE2 MC 9 18_Switchback Standby IP Sensor SE2 2 Remove the SOLE1 MC 9 23_Branch Path Guide Driving Solenoid SOLE1 3 Remove the tens...

Страница 772: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 283 MC 283 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 6 Remove the shaft 7 Remove the shaft 8 Remove the branch path changeover guide...

Страница 773: ...FM5540 n Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u When the branch path changeover guide is of an old type apply tapes REFERENCE With reference to the illustration below install the branch path changeover gu...

Страница 774: ...202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 48 Guide Pressure Bracket SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the brackets n Reinstallation Procedures Fo...

Страница 775: ...g Arm Right SP INDEX 9 49 1 Removal Procedures 1 Remove the erasure conveyor unit MC 9 1_Erasure Conveyor Unit 2 Carry out the operations in the steps 3 to 9 from the direction indicated by the arrow...

Страница 776: ...30 2009 FM5540 7 Remove the screws 8 Remove the main body of the solenoid and then remove the shaft of the solenoid 9 Remove the branch path changeover guide driving arm right 9 49 2 Reinstallation Pr...

Страница 777: ...to 8 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 3 Remove the retaining screw of the tensioner u NOTE u Tension of the timing belt is defined by the tension coil spring When attachin...

Страница 778: ...move the KL clip Remove the bearing spur gear bearing and tensioner assembly 8 Remove the branch path changeover guide driving arm left 9 50 2 Reinstallation Procedures u NOTE u When reversing the ste...

Страница 779: ...elt B MC 9 26_Timing Belt B 2 Remove the timing belt C MC 9 27_Timing Belt C 3 Carry out the operations in the steps 4 to 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 4 Remove the s...

Страница 780: ...0 9 51 2 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 to 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Attach the tension coil spring 3 Reinstall the grip ar...

Страница 781: ...7 Attach the bearing and the spur gear u NOTE u Pay attention to the orientation of attaching the bearing 8 After the spur gear is pushed in with the rod end held check to ensure that the latch of the...

Страница 782: ...5540 9 52 Erasure Lamp Assembly 50001 or later SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 2 Disconnect the connectors and release the clamps 3 Remove the duct 4 Remo...

Страница 783: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 294 MC 294 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 6 Remove the screws then remove the erasure lamp assembly Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps...

Страница 784: ...Remove the screws then remove the INV26A board REFERENCE Removal procedure for the 4 INV26A boards are exactly the same Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 9 54 ERS...

Страница 785: ...MC 296 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 55 Filter 50001 or Later SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the lamp assembly MC 9 2_Lamp Assembly 2 Remove the filter u NOTE u Exercise care not to damage t...

Страница 786: ...r Before installing the reflection plate make sure that the lamps are placed evenly spaced apart with the shock absorbers Install the filter and the dustproof material so that the edge of the filter w...

Страница 787: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 298 MC 298 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 10 Scanning Optics Unit 10 1 Nothing...

Страница 788: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 299 MC 299 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 789: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 300 MC 300 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 790: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 301 MC 301 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 791: ...N When servicing the scanning optics unit be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage to electronic...

Страница 792: ...1 Mount the scanning optics unit on the subscanning unit 2 Apply the spacers to the subscanning unit frame uNOTE u Apply the spacer kit 898Y1175 with the countermeasure taken to the machine with the...

Страница 793: ...scanning optics unit in the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure retain the subscanning unit REFERENCE By pressing the two positioning brackets and the knob of the scanning optics unit agai...

Страница 794: ...0 4 Connect the connectors 5 Check to ensure that the screws once removed are snugly retained 6 Reinstall the covers Lower right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 7 Carry out th...

Страница 795: ...g steps to install the machine specific data 1 Set a machine specific data floppy diskette into the FD drive 2 Open the RU PC TOOL window and select the relevant RU from LIST OF EXISTING RU 3 Install...

Страница 796: ...Adjustment Procedures after the light collecting guide and PMT board are replaced Confirm the S value without sensitivity correction or shading sensitivity correction If the S value exhibits an abnorm...

Страница 797: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 308 MC 308 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Remove the screws 4 Remove the upper light collecting guide...

Страница 798: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 309 MC 309 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the upper light collecting guide 2 Secure the upper light collecting guide in place...

Страница 799: ...g conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit Check Adjustment Procedures u INSTRUCTION u When the upper light collecting guide is replaced with a new one it is necessary to install the machine sp...

Страница 800: ...011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are normal without nonuniformity MC 20 _Image Conveyanc...

Страница 801: ...0062 X X X Usable X Unuable Always confirm the S value according to the Check Adjustment Procedures after the light collecting guide and PMR board are replaced Confirm the S value without sensitivity...

Страница 802: ...s u NOTES u To disconnect the CN2 use its special jig Otherwise the connector located on the board might be damaged When disconnecting the connector by use of the special jig use a screwdriver s shaft...

Страница 803: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 314 MC 314 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Remove the lower light collecting guide Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the lower light collecting guide...

Страница 804: ...3 Connect the connectors u NOTE u The CN2 should be attached at right angles relative to the board If it is attached aslant the connector located on the board might be damaged 4 Reinstall the covers...

Страница 805: ...ke the following steps to install the machine specific data 1 Set a machine specific data floppy diskette into the FD drive 2 Open the RU PC TOOL window and select the relevant RU from LIST OF EXISTIN...

Страница 806: ...cause damage to electronic parts on the board Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Lower right hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the PMT17A board together with the shield mem...

Страница 807: ...e PMT17A board and the connecting portion of the light collecting guide assembly are parallel to each other p For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures 1 Turn ON the pow...

Страница 808: ...ause damage to electronic parts on the board Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Lower front light protect plate MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the PMR17B board together with the shield m...

Страница 809: ...he PMR17B board and the connecting portion of the light collecting guide assembly are parallel to each other For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures 1 Turn ON the powe...

Страница 810: ...procedures secure sufficient working space around the machine While assuming a comfortable posture lift or hold up the unit Two persons should cooperate with each other to perform the procedures n Rem...

Страница 811: ...n and be damaged Do not remove the screws on the bracket to determine the fixing position of subscanning unit For the machines 50001 or later the general screws are used instead of red screws However...

Страница 812: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 323 MC 323 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Reinstallation Procedures 1 Reinstall the subscanning unit 2 Secure the subscanning unit in place...

Страница 813: ...M5540 3 Connect the connectors 4 Reinstall the scanning optics unit MC 10 _Scanning Optics Unit 5 Reinstall the upper light collecting guide MC 11 1_Upper Light Collecting Guide 6 Reinstall the side p...

Страница 814: ...over MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the transparent cover n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 12 3 Antistatic Member SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the transparent...

Страница 815: ...ion shown below n Reinstallation Procedures NOTE Use care not to confuse the front and back of the SUS belt when attaching it For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures...

Страница 816: ...g support the tensioner by hand Otherwise the tensioner might incline by its own weight thereby damaging the Kapton belt l 20001 or later and 50001 or later l 60001 or later n Reinstallation Procedure...

Страница 817: ...29 2012 FM6046 n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the Kapton belt is mounted with its date indicating side up so that the arrow mark faces the side plate Manually rotate the flywh...

Страница 818: ...S Belt 2 Remove the tensioner SP 10A_SUB SCANNING UNIT 1 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 12 7 Tensioner Left Hand Side SP INDEX n Removal Procedures NOTE When...

Страница 819: ...ve the flywheel NOTE Insert an Allen wrench into the hole of the driving shaft to secure the shaft in place and then remove the nut n Reinstallation Procedures NOTE Use care not to damage the surface...

Страница 820: ...may cause damage to electronic parts on the board When removing or installing the MZ1 do not use any magnet screwdriver Do not touch the magnet portion of the MZ1 n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the Kap...

Страница 821: ...DIP switch setting before replacement and make the same setting l Preparation for output image exposure 1 Perform primary erasure on the IP to be used for subscan length check Instruction NOTE The IP...

Страница 822: ...surement of the calipers on the output film and verify that it is within the allowable value calculated 149 6 mm Actual measurement 151 4 mm NOTE If the subscan length is beyond the allowable value ma...

Страница 823: ...FF 0 2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 0 3 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 0 4 OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 0 5 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 0 6 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 0 7 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 0 8 OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 0 9 ON OFF ON ON O...

Страница 824: ...n the predefined range adjust the subscan speed of the MUTL n Reinstallation Procedures 5PM Motor u INSTRUCTION u Before fixing the hexagon headed setscrew WP4x6 of the pulley insert it to the positio...

Страница 825: ...e following exposure conditions Note however that those conditions are for standard IP setup reference Distance 1 8m Voltage 80kV Amperage 50mA Time 0 013 sec l Subscan length check 1 Output the image...

Страница 826: ...edures 1 Remove the side positioning conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the cleaning brush assembly n Exploded View For the exploded view of the cleaning brush assembly see t...

Страница 827: ...riven Side Grip Release HP Sensor SZ3 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the cover Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Disconnect the connectors 3 Remove the SZ2 and SZ3 n Reinstallation Pr...

Страница 828: ...Remove the shock absorbing rubbers MC 12 30_Shock Absorbing Rubbers 3 Remove the SZ5 NOTE When removing or installing the SZ5 make sure that the actuator is in such a position that it does not interf...

Страница 829: ...the grip drive motor assembly CHECK 2 NOTE The upper light collecting guide is located below the MZ2 assembly Use care not to drop the MZ2 assembly 4 Remove the MZ2 SP 10E_SUB SCANNING UNIT 5 n Reinst...

Страница 830: ...he bearings of the driven shaft and driving shaft grip release arms are in contact with the outer periphery of the cam 12 14 Dust Removal Motor MZ3 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the flywheel...

Страница 831: ...es l CHECK 1 1 Check the mounting orientations for the D cut flat surface of the light collecting shaft gear large and gear small 2 Check to see whether the engagement between the spur gear large and...

Страница 832: ...Sensor SZ5 3 Disconnect the connector and remove the screws 4 Remove the MZ4 assembly 5 Remove the MZ4 SP 10D_SUB SCANNING UNIT 4 n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal st...

Страница 833: ...06 29 2012 FM6046 12 16 Driving Shaft Grip Release Arm SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the flywheel MC 12 8_Flywheel 3...

Страница 834: ...stallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the bearing of the driving shaft grip release arm is in contact with the outer...

Страница 835: ...9 2012 FM6046 12 17 Driven Shaft Grip Release Arm and IP Stopper SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the transparent cover MC 12 2_Transparent Cover 2 Remove the MZ4 MC 12 15_IP Stopper Drive Motor...

Страница 836: ...stallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Make sure that the bearing of the driven shaft grip release arm is in contact with the outer...

Страница 837: ...Remove the MZ3 MC 12 14_Dust Removal Motor MZ3 2 Remove the spur gears n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 Refer to the ill...

Страница 838: ...46 12 19 Dust Removal HP Sensor SZ4 SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the spur gears MC 12 18_Spur Gears 2 Remove the SZ4 n Reinstallation Procedures NOTE Make sure that the latches of the sensor...

Страница 839: ...C 12 10_Cleaning Brush Assembly 3 Remove the shock absorbing rubbers MC 12 30_Shock Absorbing Rubbers 4 Remove the driven shaft grip roller upper n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse...

Страница 840: ...emove the transparent cover MC 12 2_Transparent Cover 3 Remove the MZ2 MC 12 13_Grip Drive Motor MZ2 4 Remove the driving shaft grip roller upper n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse...

Страница 841: ...arpage of the antistatic member NOTE Be sure to check on a horizontal working table 1 Place the antistatic member on the working table with its surface facing upward and check clearances at both ends...

Страница 842: ...ntistatic member MC 12 22_Antistatic Member 2 Remove the SZ1 NOTES Use care so that the flat cable is not damaged by the side plate and so forth Exercise care not to crease the flat cable n Reinstalla...

Страница 843: ...you are wearing the gloves Wear a mask so that saliva does not come into contact with the light collecting mirror n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the spur gears MC 12 18_Spur Gears 2 Remove the SZ1 MC 1...

Страница 844: ...oval Procedures 1 Remove the light collecting mirror MC 12 24_Light Collecting Mirror 2 Remove the light collecting shaft n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Che...

Страница 845: ...Procedures 1 Remove the scanning optics unit MC 10 _Scanning Optics Unit 2 Remove the light collecting mirror MC 12 24_Light Collecting Mirror 3 Loosen the special screw u INSTRUCTION u The glass guid...

Страница 846: ...02 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 6 Remove the glass guide n Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps n Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 When attaching the glass guide do so...

Страница 847: ...d IP jam would occur so that it becomes necessary to replace the unit n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the light collecting shaft MC 12 25_Light Collecting Shaft 2 Remove the glass guide MC 12 26_Glass G...

Страница 848: ...acing the roller Replacing either of them may cause image nonuniformity n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the SUS belt MC 12 4_SUS Belt 2 Remove the center guide MC 12 27_Center Guide 3 Remove the driving...

Страница 849: ...r front cover Lower front light protect plate Lower right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover Lower rear cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the side positioning conveyor unit MC 7 1_Side Positioning...

Страница 850: ...e all the two rubbers n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Lower right hand side cover Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the transparent cover MC 12 2_Transparent...

Страница 851: ...canning Unit Top SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the shock absorbing rubbers MC 12 30_Shock Absorbing Rubbers 2 Remove the subscanning unit MC 12 1_Subscanning Unit 3 Remove the subscanning uni...

Страница 852: ...02 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 12 32 Bracket Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the subscanning unit top MC 12 31_Subscanning Unit Top 2 Remove the bracket assembly n Reinstallation Procedures...

Страница 853: ...race Assembly SP INDEX n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the post reading conveyor unit MC 8 1_Post Reading Conveyor Unit 2 Remove the transparent cover MC 12 2_Transparent Cover 3 Remove the lower light...

Страница 854: ...to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage to electronic parts on the board n Removal Procedures 1 Remove...

Страница 855: ...on Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps Check Adjustment Procedures l CHECK 1 The CN6 cable should be located below the CN3 cable l CHECK 2 Make sure that the cables are snuggly att...

Страница 856: ...oved with the board bracket assembly attached to the machine the board may be damaged n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the board bracket assembly MC 13 1_Board Bracket Assembly 2 Remove the CPU91A board...

Страница 857: ...once troubleshooting is completed l Positions of DIP SW1 l Meanings of settings No Item Routine state Meaning 1 For design purposes OFF 2 For design purposes OFF 3 Reserved OFF 4 For application resto...

Страница 858: ...d may be damaged u NOTES u Back up the RU data before replacing the IMG17A B board The IMG17A B board that is shipped as a service part is initially set up for use in Japan Be sure to complete all of...

Страница 859: ...u NOTE u Never write any data into the machine specific data floppy diskette bundled with the machine 7 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU for its data backup and back up the CONFIGURATION SCN ALL...

Страница 860: ...in the Maintenance Mode After the main screen appears sequentially touch the upper left and upper right corners of the touch panel u NOTE u Because the IP address of the FTP server has not been set ye...

Страница 861: ...RU that is set in the CL When RU software version 1 2 or later is used the Return button in the lower left corner of the LCD panel is hidden 16 Set the IP address of the FTP server u NOTES u Enter th...

Страница 862: ...te Network Check u NOTE u In the case of NO GOOD indication Troubleshooting 18 Turn OFF the power of the RU 19 Turn ON the power of the RU 20 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU for its version updat...

Страница 863: ...RU cannot be rebooted The post installation checkout procedure varies with the version of the RU software Before installation confirm the version of the RU software that is installed in the flash ROM...

Страница 864: ...en due to an application error If the following screen does not appear on the display wait about 10 minutes after the click of OK in step 24 and then press the Enter key REFERENCE Writing to the FLASH...

Страница 865: ...20 bytes 20 alphanumeric characters or 10 Kanji characters may be entered 30 Click on the SET button 31 Put the floppy diskette created at step 7 into the FD drive of the CL 32 From LIST OF EXISTING R...

Страница 866: ...kup memory 34 Turn OFF the power of the RU 35 Turn ON the power of the RU 36 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are normal...

Страница 867: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 378 MC 378 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13 4 Scanner Board 13 4 1 Nothing...

Страница 868: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 379 MC 379 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 869: ...r body may cause damage to electronic parts on the board n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the board bracket assembly MC 13 1_Board Bracket Assembly 2 Disconnect the connectors u NOTES u With 20001 or lat...

Страница 870: ...it out Otherwise the retention clips might be damaged Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps and check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l T...

Страница 871: ...ny printed circuit board be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boa...

Страница 872: ...checks are normal without nonuniformity MC 20 _Image Conveyance Checks l There is no error occurrence 13 6 DRV17B Board SP INDEX CAUTION When servicing any printed circuit board be sure to wear an an...

Страница 873: ...Board Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps and check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are no...

Страница 874: ...built on your body may cause damage to electronic parts on the board u INSTRUCTION u The combination of SNS board varies with the serial number of the machine Confirm an available combination of SNS b...

Страница 875: ...y connected together 13 8 SNS17A SNS17D Board SP INDEX CAUTION When servicing any printed circuit board be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grounded static...

Страница 876: ...Board Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps and check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are no...

Страница 877: ...ake sure to follow this procedure as there is a possibility of fire or explosion unless the above procedure is followed n Removal Procedures 1 Remove the IMG Board MC 13 3_IMG17A B Board 2 Remove the...

Страница 878: ...ckup memory 4 Turn OFF the power of the RU 5 Turn ON the power of the RU 6 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are normal w...

Страница 879: ...res CAUTIONS When servicing any printed circuit board be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grounded static electricity built on your body may cause damage t...

Страница 880: ...res 1 Remove the covers Lower front cover Lower left hand side cover MC 3 1_Covers 2 Remove the fuse n Fuse Replacement Procedures Fuse Location Fuse Information Board indications Type Rated voltage V...

Страница 881: ...voltage V Rated amperage A Fuse number F1 LM 48 3 2 B011 F2 LM 48 3 2 B021 F3 LM 48 3 2 B031 F4 LM 48 3 2 B041 F5 LM 48 3 2 B051 F6 LM 48 3 2 B061 F7 LM 48 3 2 B071 F8 LM 48 3 2 B081 F9 LM 48 3 2 B091...

Страница 882: ...Fuse Information Board indications Type Rated voltage V Rated amperage A Fuse number F1 LM 48 3 2 B161 F2 LM 48 3 2 B171 F3 LM 48 3 2 B181 F4 LM 48 3 2 B191 F5 LM 48 3 2 B201 F6 LM 48 3 2 B211 F7 LM...

Страница 883: ...S17C SNS17E Board 2 Replace the fuses n Fuse Replacement Procedures Fuse Location Fuse Information Board indications Type Rated voltage V Rated amperage A Fuse number F1 LM 48 1 6 A021 F2 LM 48 1 6 A0...

Страница 884: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 395 MC 395 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 14 5 Nothing...

Страница 885: ...Fuse Replacement Procedures Fuse Location Fuse Information Board indications Type Rated voltage V Rated amperage A Fuse number F1 LM 48 1 6 H041 F2 LM 48 1 6 H011 F3 LM 48 1 6 G011 F4 LM 48 1 6 G021...

Страница 886: ...LM 48 0 5 F4 LM 48 1 Fuse number Number indicated in the fuse block diagram Reinstallation Procedures For reinstallation reverse the removal steps 14 8 INV17B Board Fuses SP INDEX Removal Procedures...

Страница 887: ...se Information Board indications Type Rated voltage V Rated amperage A Fuse number F1 LM 48 5A F2 LM 48 5A F3 LM 48 2A F4 LM 48 2A F5 LM 48 5A Fuse number Number indicated in the fuse block diagram u...

Страница 888: ...install the PC TOOL and upgrade the version of RU software After performing the procedures above set back UAC to ON again 1 Turn ON the power of the CL 2 Turn ON the power of the RU 3 Place the RU in...

Страница 889: ...through 8 perform Uninstall Setup PC TOOL 4 Put the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of the CL 5 Click on UNINSTALL 6 Click on NEXT 7 Click on Remove 8 When Uninstall is completed click on Finish REFERENC...

Страница 890: ...e Manual MC 401 MC 401 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 11 Click on Install 12 When Install is completed click on Finish 13 Click on START 14 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU for its version update a...

Страница 891: ...dress and click on OK u NOTE u In the case of NO GOOD indication Troubleshooting REFERENCE For steps 16 through 26 perform Update RU Software Version 16 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU for its ve...

Страница 892: ...RU cannot be rebooted The post installation checkout procedure varies with the version of the RU software Before installation confirm the version of the RU software that is installed in the flash ROM...

Страница 893: ...an application error If the following screen does not appear on the display wait about 10 minutes after the click of OK in step 20 and then press the Enter key REFERENCE Writing into the FLASH ROM wi...

Страница 894: ...Turn OFF the power of the RU 25 Turn ON the power of the RU 26 Check the following points l The RU normally enters the READY state l The results of the image conveyance checks are normal without nonu...

Страница 895: ...Conveyance Checks 3 Measure a misalignment of the reading start position Measure the size of the white blank portion and calculate an adjustment value in accordance with the formula shown below Exampl...

Страница 896: ...r thin article If you use a tester or other thick article the resulting image is larger than the actual size so that the main scan length cannot be properly adjusted 1 Place a 175mm length steel rule...

Страница 897: ...e is entered while it expands when a positive value is entered 5 Make sure that RESULT OK appears on screen 6 Using menus TEST Image Format or Image Format 2 and SINGLE read one of the IPs prepared in...

Страница 898: ...t or Image Format 2 and SINGLE read one of the IPs prepared in step 4 and generate an image output u INSTRUCTION u Be sure to follow the instruction mentioned in 20 2 Image Conveyance Checks when outp...

Страница 899: ...ure the leading edge of the IP Measure the length of the white blank portion and calculate an adjustment value in accordance with the formula shown below REFERENCE If the entered adjustment value C is...

Страница 900: ...read one of the IPs prepared in step 1 and generate an image output u INSTRUCTION u Be sure to follow the instruction mentioned in 20 2 Image Conveyance Checks when outputting the image MC 20 2_Image...

Страница 901: ...ensitivity adjustment for a both side ST is automatically selected from the barcode information in the cassette Before shading sensitivity correction format adjustment should have been done If there i...

Страница 902: ...mage u INSTRUCTION u Be sure to follow the instruction mentioned in 20 2 Image Conveyance Checks when outputting the image MC 20 2_Image Conveyance Checks 5 Make sure that RESULT OK appears on screen...

Страница 903: ...BD is required The procedures in Sect 17 1 are applied to perform sensitivity correction and shading correction concurrently The procedures in Sect 17 3 are applied to perform only the sensitivity cor...

Страница 904: ...ube will not result in normal correction because it suffers from tube to tube variability Perform the shading speed correction for each of reading speeds GR and FR of the IP 1 For the ST one side expo...

Страница 905: ...e Conveyance Checks when outputting the image MC 20 2_Image Conveyance Checks 7 Make sure that RESULT OK appears on screen 8 Read the IP exposed in step 1 by the use of TEST image format or image form...

Страница 906: ...pprox 1 mR If the IP is of type ST an IP with a size of 14 x 14 35cm x 35cm or 14 x 17 35cm x 43cm should be used If the IP is of type ST BD the largest sized IP of the IPs used by the user should be...

Страница 907: ...ter the exposure by the use of TEST image format or image format 2 and SINGLE in the CR console menu and output the image Make sure that the S value is normal with the measured X ray dose and that the...

Страница 908: ...he user uses only the HR type the procedures in Sect 18 3 should be applied The procedures for correction for the user using HR BD are described in Sect 18 1 u INSTRUCTION u The adjustment procedures...

Страница 909: ...follow the instruction mentioned in 20 2 Image Conveyance Checks when outputting the image MC 20 2_Image Conveyance Checks 5 Make sure that RESULT OK appears on screen 6 Using the X ray dosimeter mea...

Страница 910: ...the IP exposed in step 1 for a one minute period from 10 to 11 minutes after the exposure by the use of TEST image format or image format 2 and SINGLE in the CR console menu and output the image Make...

Страница 911: ...nsitivity cannot be done Exercise care u INSTRUCTIONS u The calibrated X ray dosimeter should be used to measure the X ray dose Correction of the reading must be done for a one minute period from 10 t...

Страница 912: ...and output the image u INSTRUCTION u Be sure to follow the instruction mentioned in 20 2 Image Conveyance Checks when outputting the image MC 20 2_Image Conveyance Checks 5 Make sure that RESULT OK ap...

Страница 913: ...tion data obtained for the HR and configured to be capable of reading the HR type IP This configuration remains until the next sensitivity correction for the ST type is performed 1 Using the X ray dos...

Страница 914: ...RESULT OK appears on screen 6 Using the X ray dosimeter measure the X ray dose for exposing the IP and write it down 7 Expose an IP of 18 x 24 HR or 24 x 30 HR size with a molybdenum X ray tube appro...

Страница 915: ...ton 2 Put a new floppy diskette into the FD drive of the CL u NOTE u Never write any data into the machine specific data FD bundled with the machine 3 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU for its data...

Страница 916: ...creen of the CL click on the Add Exposure Menu button 2 Select IMAGE FORMAT or IMAGE FORMAT 2 from the TEST menu and click on the OK button 3 Click on Start Study 4 Click on SINGLE u INSTRUCTION u For...

Страница 917: ...e used 7 Press the ENTER key The examination reservation is completed and the following screen appears 8 Insert the cassette with the barcode entered The IP reading starts and the image is displayed o...

Страница 918: ...ose two IPs of maximum sizes for each of the IP types ST HR type ST BD type and HR BD type used at the institution with the following doses With the X ray tube the first IP should be exposed in a norm...

Страница 919: ...nding on the IP type image checks should be performed with the MENU specified below u INSTRUCTION u While the Maintenance is in progress message is displayed at the center of the LCD panel sequentiall...

Страница 920: ...se of such nonuniformity Troubleshooting l If positions of uneven density difference are different The X ray tube may be the cause of such nonuniformity 3 Check the image format Make sure that the whi...

Страница 921: ...011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 21 List of Jigs and Tools 21 1 Jigs and Tools Name Code No Manufacturer Model No Loop cable 898Y0981 FUJIFILM Corporation Clip clamping tool Y22S0115 Kyoto Tool KTC AP20...

Страница 922: ...talled the touch panel calibration data does not exist Thus error code 13032 is logged whenever the machine is booted 22 1 Installing the RU Software 1 Install the RU software IN 8 _Installing the RU...

Страница 923: ...5 Touch any area on the LCD at several positions Make sure that the x mark appears at the position touched u NOTE u If the x mark is misaligned from the touched position repeat steps 2 through 5 all...

Страница 924: ...SCN OPTICAL DATA never turn OFF the RU power because the RU s flash ROM will be accessed If you turn OFF the RU power the program stored in the memory becomes damaged so that the RU cannot restart u N...

Страница 925: ...eck RU NAME HISTORY LOG and RESULT OK MU 4 3 8_FTP 3 From the BACKUP pull down menu select an item to be backed up 4 Click on the EXECUTE button 5 Select a data backup destination u NOTE u To back up...

Страница 926: ...ect a RU to be backed up 2 Click on the FTP button On the DOS prompt window displayed check RU NAME HISTORY LOG and RESULT OK MU 4 3 8_FTP 3 From the BACKUP pull down menu select an item to be backed...

Страница 927: ...ower because the RU s flash ROM will be accessed If you turn OFF the RU power the program stored in the memory becomes damaged so that the RU cannot restart u NOTE u The restore procedure varies with...

Страница 928: ...location of the data to be restored u NOTE u To restore data from a floppy disk insert the floppy disk which stores the data to be restored into the CL before selecting a data location If no floppy di...

Страница 929: ...STORE pull down menu select an item to be restored 3 Click on the EXECUTE button A dialog box appears to prompt you to insert the floppy diskette that contains the data to be resorted 4 Put into the C...

Страница 930: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 441 MC 441 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 931: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 442 MC 442 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 932: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MC 443 MC 443 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 933: ...8 15 17 19 19 1 19 2 20 21 24 25 27 28 31 34 36 38 47 53 56 56 1 56 2 57 69 81 85 93 99 101 106 108 115 117 119 123 11 15 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 20 125 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 77 81 09 30...

Страница 934: ...r Utility and Machine Maintenance are operated on the LCD panel of the RU machine while RU PC TOOL and MUTL are operated on the CL 1 1 Tree of RU Service Utility The architecture of the RU Service Uti...

Страница 935: ...the sound l Key Touch Sound Used to set whether to enable or disable the sound when the LCD panel is touched Also used to set the volume of the key touch sound l Backlight OFF Timer Used to set the ti...

Страница 936: ...the CL to be used as a master CL n Function The master CL can be changed Up to four CL units can be registered One of them can be set as the RU s default master CL CAUTION Even when the master CL is c...

Страница 937: ...ance at the time of initialization the Return button in the lower right corner of a Machine Maintenance screen is hidden This provision is made to prevent an initialization process from being inadvert...

Страница 938: ...n when the RU is not connected to the CL the Machine Maintenance can be started for instance to set the RU s IP address 3 2 1 Starting the Machine Maintenance during Initialization 1 Power ON the RU 2...

Страница 939: ...er Utility and repeat the above step all over again 3 2 3 Exiting the Machine Maintenance n When the Return Button Is Not Displayed in the Lower Left Corner of the LCD Panel 1 Turn OFF the power of th...

Страница 940: ...ce Manual MU 7 MU 7 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 3 2 4 Starting the Machine Maintenance when Error Occurred 1 Sequentially touch the upper left and upper right corners of the LCD panel where System Do...

Страница 941: ...factory default for the IMG17A B board the IP address of the RU is set to 172 016 001 010 n Procedures Example where the IP address of the RU is set to 172 016 001 011 1 Start the Machine Maintenance...

Страница 942: ...to 172 016 001 020 n Procedures Example where the IP address of the FTP server is set to 172 016 001 021 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance 2 Touch th...

Страница 943: ...the gateway is not used its IP address should be set to 000 000 000 000 n Procedures Example where the IP address of the gateway is set to 172 016 250 001 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starti...

Страница 944: ...o 255 255 000 000 n Procedures Example where the subnet mask address is set to 172 128 000 000 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance 2 Touch the Subnet Ma...

Страница 945: ...et to 0 0 0 0 n Procedures Example where the address of Secure Host is set to 172 16 1 100 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance 2 Touch the Secure Host b...

Страница 946: ...with the RU via telnet from IP addresses 172 16 0 0 through 172 16 255 254 n Procedures Example where the address of Secure Host is set to 172 16 000 000 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starti...

Страница 947: ...k the network connection n Procedures Example where the settings are such that the FTP server is connected and the gateway is not used 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starting and Exiting the M...

Страница 948: ...ack test enables you to locate an open in the network or a fault in the RU The result of the loopback test appears on the LCD panel The loopback test makes it possible to verify the network connection...

Страница 949: ...4 Touch the four x positions displayed on the LCD u NOTE u For the machines of 50001 and later and 60001 and later use an item with a thin tip that will not scratch the screen like a touch panel pen t...

Страница 950: ...is checked 1 Start the Machine Maintenance MU 3 2_Starting and Exiting the Machine Maintenance 2 Touch the Touch Point Check button 3 Touch a certain position on the touch panel to check that the x m...

Страница 951: ...s set to OFF the HV switch software switch cannot be set to ON although its button is selectable n Procedures Example where the HV switch software switch is turned OFF 1 Start the Machine Maintenance...

Страница 952: ...y by the LCD Panel Error indication during an RU operation MU 4 1 3_RU PC TOOL Error Screen Display 4 1 1 RU PC TOOL Main Screen and Tree n RU PC TOOL Main Screen and RU PC TOOL Version Confirmation n...

Страница 953: ...aintenance is in progress touches on the LCD panel do not work Even if you insert a cassette into its position no IP conveyance takes place The following commands are used to change the contents of th...

Страница 954: ...or secondary erasure process The User Utility is started by the RU n Notes on the Error Screen Display If you attempt to execute a command for changing the contents of the flash memory while the RU is...

Страница 955: ...U and CL 2 Press the Windows key to open the Start menu of Windows 3 Select Run from the Start menu of Windows When the dialog opens type C Program Files FujiFilm FCR TOOL RuPcTool RuPCTo ol exe and c...

Страница 956: ...e NEW button 2 Enter the RU name and IP address of the RU REFERENCE Pressing the Tab key causes the input cursor to move to the next item 4 3 2 LIST OF EXISTING RU n Function Display the list of RU s...

Страница 957: ...delete its folder in the FTP server and delete it from LIST OF EXISTING RU 4 3 5 MUTL Used to start MUTL of the RU n Function Start MUTL for the RU selected in LIST OF EXISTING RU MUTL offers function...

Страница 958: ...e FTP server and gateway n Procedures Example where PING is executed to the RU with ru7 and 172 16 1 110 1 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU 2 Click on the PING button 3 Check the result of PING an...

Страница 959: ...P sensor SB7 8 9 Path changeover shelf sensor SB10 Convergence path changeover sensor SB11 Path changeover HP sensor SC1 Side positioning mechanism HP sensor SC2 Grip release HP sensor SC3 Side positi...

Страница 960: ...t selected may be copied cut pasted or deleted If the display is too crowded to see well you may delete unnecessary portions of text n Procedures 1 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU 2 Click on the...

Страница 961: ...the RU software in a remote fashion to access the FTP server from the RU and check whether the service of the FTP server is running n Procedures Example where the FTP is checked for the RU with ru10 a...

Страница 962: ...BRAND TYPE Because BRAND TYPE of the machine differs depending upon its destination BRAND TYPE to be displayed on the LCD panel of the RU is selected by choosing the destination during install l Set...

Страница 963: ...packages contained in the CD ROM is displayed u NOTES u Never turn OFF the RU power during a version update If any other operation is performed during version update the contents of the flash ROM wil...

Страница 964: ...ting count for preheating are also subject to counting l Minor Change History tab screen PUMP Number of times pump on each shelf has been used Image reading secondary erasure and primary erasure as we...

Страница 965: ...HE LASER ON Lighting time for the erasure lamp l TOTAL COUNT FOR THE LASER ON Lighting count for the erasure lamp n Detail on ERASURE LAMP l RESET Each item in ERASURE LAMP is cleared l SINCE When the...

Страница 966: ...4 is cleared l RESET The value of the corresponding shelf is cleared n Detail on THE ERASURE LAMP CLEANING l RESET Each item in THE ERASUER LAMP CLEANING is cleared l SINCE When the RESET button is cl...

Страница 967: ...confirm on the film the RU that has performed image reading l Erasure mode An erasure mode that is selectable by the erasure mode SW of the RU is set Example When ERASE1 ERASE2 is set By selecting th...

Страница 968: ...leaning Set the timing to display the alarm for cleaning the erase lamp NO DISP default The alarm will not be displayed 90 000 The alarm is displayed after the erase lamp is lighted up 90 000 times 45...

Страница 969: ...r destinations When the Information button is pressed CL NAME of the CL registered is displayed on the LCD screen during image reading l Procedures for editing adding the CL as image transfer destinat...

Страница 970: ...cedures for editing the list of master CL s 1 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU where the list of master CL s is to be edited and click on the EDIT CL NAME button 2 Select a CL to be added and add...

Страница 971: ...OG History data processing counter and erasure lamp lighting time is backed up l SCN ALL DATA All scanner data is backed up l SCN LIGHT COLLECTING DATA Of the scanner data light collecting data is bac...

Страница 972: ...a area of the FTP server and copies it from the FTP server to the flash ROM of the RU REFERENCE The contents copied into the flash ROM become effective when the RU is reset n Restore Items l CONFIGURA...

Страница 973: ...RU PC TOOL version 2 2 or earlier is used Restore from a floppy disk drive A n Procedures for RESTORE For details on the restore procedure see under 23 BACKUP RESTORE Procedure in the Checks Replaceme...

Страница 974: ...y scale for the time base horizontal axis is changed l 4 I O name display text box The I O name is displayed l 5 Chart display area The timing chart is displayed With the scroll bar available the disp...

Страница 975: ...copied from the CPU91A board of the RU to the FTP server of the CL 7 Error message list box The contents of the error log file selected are displayed 8 Error Code text box The error code selected hig...

Страница 976: ...202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 n Procedures Example where the latest error log is displayed 1 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU 2 Click on the ERROR DB button 3 Click on the UPDATE button 4 Click on th...

Страница 977: ...he contents in the C ProgramFiles FujiFilm FC R directory on the CL are deleted CAUTIONS Before executing UNINSTALL be sure to take note of the IP addresses user settings of the RU CL and FTP server O...

Страница 978: ...ce Manual MU 45 MU 45 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 6 Select the device type to be uninstalled and click on the OK button Uninstall is performed 7 Click on the OK button The RU PC MUTL window appears...

Страница 979: ...the RU s After install has been completed be sure to check the software version of the RU s and verify that their version update has been done Example When two RU s ru2 and ru1 are registered in LIST...

Страница 980: ...firm the execution of version update 7 Click on the OK button The version update of the RU software starts During that time all the panel indicators on the first RU are lit with an audible alarm gener...

Страница 981: ...IONS u To copy the Install CD data its entire data should be completely copied to a single folder If it is partially copied install cannot be executed CDPath setting should be made only when necessary...

Страница 982: ...older open 6 Click on the OK button The complete path is displayed in the text box 7 Click on the SET button n Procedures for Canceling CDPath 1 Start the RU PC TOOL MU 4 2 1_Starting RU PC TOOL 2 Fro...

Страница 983: ...tialization u NOTE u Effect RU application initialization only when no error code is detectable and processing freezes during troubleshooting For the procedure for RU application initialization see 20...

Страница 984: ...2 _Board Check 0 MU 5 3 2 1 _All Board 0 MU 5 3 2 2 _CPU Board 0 MU 5 3 2 3 _IMG Board 0 MU 5 3 2 4 _SCN SCT Board 0 MU 5 3 2 5 _SNS DRV Board 0 MU 5 3 2 6 _INV Board 0 MU 5 3 2 7 _CPU Board Setting D...

Страница 985: ...Correction 0 MU 5 3 5 6 6 _Trouble shooting 0 MU 5 3 5 6 7 _HV ON OFF 0 MU 5 3 6 _Mechanical 1 Check 0 MU 5 3 6 1 _IP Removal Unit 0 MU 5 3 6 1 1 _Suction Cup Arm HP 0 MU 5 3 6 1 2 _IP Removal F L 0 M...

Страница 986: ...Grip Diagnostic 0 MU 5 3 7 1 4 _Post Conveyance MD2 ME1 0 MU 5 3 7 1 2 _Grip Position Movement MD2 0 MU 5 3 7 1 1 _Grip Release HP MD1 0 MU 5 3 7 2 _Erasure Conveyor 1 0 MU 5 3 6 7 _All Sensor LED ON...

Страница 987: ...E3 LAMP 0 MU 5 3 7 3 4 _Erasure Conveyor ME1 0 MU 5 3 7 3 2 _FANE2 INV 0 MU 5 3 7 3 1 _Path Change Guide SOLF1 0 MU 5 3 7 4 1 _FAN G1 to G5 B2 0 MU 5 3 7 3 5 _LAMP LAMP1 5 0 MU 5 3 7 3 6 _Erasure Unit...

Страница 988: ...RU PC TOOL MU 4 2 1_Starting RU PC TOOL 2 From LIST OF EXISTING RU select a RU where MUTL is to be started 3 Click on the MUTL button 5 2 2 Exiting the MUTL u NOTE u Before exiting the MUTL check to e...

Страница 989: ...he cassette It should be noted that when the mode is changed to ROUTINE while the conveyance is repeated in AUTO MODE AUTO MODE may be canceled 1 2 Processing Mode Setting l READ Read Performs a norma...

Страница 990: ...ASE 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Click the Conveyance Check 3 Perform Conveyance Setting 4 Insert the cassette with the barcode entered Erasure conveyance starts and the result is dis...

Страница 991: ...t the board check turn OFF the power of the RU n Function Perform self diagnostics on each board and display the result of the diagnostics The board check provides diagnostic checkout of the following...

Страница 992: ...oubleshooting 3 Exit the MUTL MU 5 2 2_Exiting the MUTL 4 Turn OFF the power of the RU and back ON 2 1 All Board The entire diagnostics for the electrical subsystems are repeated for the number specif...

Страница 993: ...ESULT OK messages appear 2 5 SNS DRV Board The following diagnostics are repeated for the number specified Sensor change associated with turn ON OFF of the solenoid Communication between pulse motor a...

Страница 994: ...IR 363 Service Manual MU 61 MU 61 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 7 CPU Board Setting Display Displays the DipSW1 setting for the CPU91A board The display content and setup meaning are presented belo...

Страница 995: ...2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Execute Backup Memory Clear 3 Click on the OK button If RESULT OK does not appear on the MUTL with an error code displayed troubleshoot as appropriate 4 Exit the MUTL MU 5 2 2...

Страница 996: ...available in the future 3 5 1 Main CPU IPL Ver Up This function is not available for the software versions of V3 6 or earlier To be available in the future 3 5 2 Sub CPU IPL Ver Up This function is no...

Страница 997: ...ead SCN SCT Board Virtual Read n Procedures Example where the front side FRONT is selected 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Set the recording side to the front side FRONT 4 2 Virtual Imag...

Страница 998: ...ers the reading mode during maintenance Maintenance is in progress and CR Console communication error alternately appear on the top of the LCD panel 3 On the examination reception screen of the CL cli...

Страница 999: ...putted about one minute after the IMG Board Pattern Output button is clicked The following image appears on the CL The following appears on the MUTL IMG Board Pattern Output HST sysImgOut makeVirtualI...

Страница 1000: ...IP is entered REFERENCE The IMG board frame memory stores only the last read IP image data This image data is stored on the IMG board until the next read operation is performed or the RU power is tur...

Страница 1001: ...er value results in no operation 9 Press the ENTER key The examination reservation is completed and the following screen appears 10 Select Virtual Image Test 11 Click on the IMG Board Frame Memory Re...

Страница 1002: ...e for the image abnormality n Procedures Example of LED Virtual Read 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Touch the RU LCD panel on the upper left and upper right in order named to enter the...

Страница 1003: ...t u INSTRUCTION u For the CR IR 363 set the recording side as needed MU 5 3 4 1 _CORRECTION ST HR 10 Click on the LED Virtual Read button and move to ON 0 1mR The following appears on the MUTL LED Vir...

Страница 1004: ...it is responsible for the image abnormality n Procedures Example of PMT Virtual Read 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Touch the RU LCD panel on the upper left and upper right in order nam...

Страница 1005: ...rtual Image Test u INSTRUCTION u For the CR IR 363 set the recording side as needed MU 5 3 4 1 _CORRECTION ST HR 10 Click on the PMT Virtual Read button and move to ON The following appears on the MUT...

Страница 1006: ...cedures Example of SCN SCT Board Virtual Read 1 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 2 Touch the RU LCD panel on the upper left and upper right in order named to enter the reading mode during mai...

Страница 1007: ...INSTRUCTION u For the CR IR 363 set the recording side as needed MU 5 3 4 1 _CORRECTION ST HR 10 Click on the SCN SCT Board Virtual Read button and move to ON The following appears on the MUTL SCN SC...

Страница 1008: ...opriate REFERENCE This process takes about one minute from start to finish 3 Exit the MUTL MU 5 2 2_Exiting the MUTL 5 2 Polygon Motor n Function Turn ON or OFF the polygon When it is turned ON it is...

Страница 1009: ...dures Example where the laser is turned ON for the single side CAUTION While the laser is being turned ON do not turn OFF the polygon If the polygon is turned OFF the laser is irradiated to a single s...

Страница 1010: ...shipment control data is installed a while blank portion may appear on the film or there may be some non outputted portion image loss In that case format adjustment is used for fine adjustment Format...

Страница 1011: ...nt 5 5 2 Manual Adjustment Pixel Make fine adjustment when the output image is offset in the horizontal direction main scan direction i e a white blank portion appears horizontally or a portion of the...

Страница 1012: ...label of the scanning optics unit when it is replaced When the adjustment value is entered the machine shipment control data is overwritten 5 5 7 IP Leading Edge Adjustment Sub scanning Make fine adju...

Страница 1013: ...type ST ST BD Only sensitivity correction for IP type ST ST BD is performed For IP type HR it is automatically corrected as sensitivity correction is performed for IP type ST W 1 80 200 MC 17 3 Sensi...

Страница 1014: ...ion output For 0 1 mR The S value is 2000 For 1 mR The S value is 200 1For 10 mR The S value is 20 n Procedures MC 17 1_Shading Sensitivity Correction for IP Type ST and ST BD 5 6 2 Shading Speed Corr...

Страница 1015: ...to the irradiation output with the molybdenum X ray tube For 2 mR The S value is 1200 For 20 mR The S value is 120 For 200 mR The S value is 12 n Procedures The procedures for sensitivity correction...

Страница 1016: ...into a floppy diskette MC 19 1_Backing Up the Scanner Data 5 Exit the MUTL MU 5 2 2_Exiting the MUTL 5 6 6 Trouble shooting For troubleshooting set to determine whether to generate image output by us...

Страница 1017: ...each shelf of the IP removal unit to move the IP suction cup arm to its home position and perform its operation check When MA1 is operated Shelf 1 When MA2 is operated Shelf 2 When MA3 is operated Sh...

Страница 1018: ...ere the IP is fed loaded for MA3 Shelf 3 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal...

Страница 1019: ...IR 363 Service Manual MU 86 MU 86 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 6 1 3 IP Removal Step Operation This function is not available for the software versions of V3 6 or earlier To be available in the futu...

Страница 1020: ...third clutch is operated 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal Unit 4 Select C...

Страница 1021: ...ump is operated 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal Unit 4 Select Pump 5 Turn...

Страница 1022: ...valve is operated 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal Unit 4 Select Valve 5 T...

Страница 1023: ...here the third solenoid is operated 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select IP Removal Unit...

Страница 1024: ...ample where the feed path change guide is moved to its home position 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting t...

Страница 1025: ...ened l Feed Path Change Guide Movement shelf 3 Position where the guide for the third shelf is opened l Feed Path Change Guide Movement shelf 4 Position where the guide for the fourth shelf is opened...

Страница 1026: ...ge guide HP MB3 n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Feed Load Unit 4 Select...

Страница 1027: ...eed conveyance n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Feed Load Unit 4 Select...

Страница 1028: ...conveyor unit n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Feed Load Unit 4 Select P...

Страница 1029: ...rasure position l Join Path Change Diagnostic The join path change guide is driven to perform its operation check n Procedures Example where the join path change guide is moved to its home position 1...

Страница 1030: ...eration check n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor...

Страница 1031: ...p n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 4 Select...

Страница 1032: ...p released condition n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning C...

Страница 1033: ...er Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 u INSTRUCTION u Select the following IP sizes as needed 1417 1414 1012 08...

Страница 1034: ...er Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 4 Select Side Positioning Operation IP Size MU 5 3 6 3 7 _Side Positionin...

Страница 1035: ...he Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 1 4 Select Side Positioning Size Selection...

Страница 1036: ...guide HP sensor SC4 is CLOSE n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Posit...

Страница 1037: ...ity MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 2 4 Select Cleaning Guide Position Movement MC2 If an error code is displayed on t...

Страница 1038: ...nance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Side Positioning Conveyor 2 4 Select Cleaning Guide Diagnostic If an error cod...

Страница 1039: ...sensor SZ2 and driven side grip release HP sensor SZ3 are both CLOSE n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5...

Страница 1040: ...MZ4 to move the IP stopper to its home position and perform its operation check n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the...

Страница 1041: ...n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Stopper Moveme...

Страница 1042: ...eck n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Stopper Dia...

Страница 1043: ...ser Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Sub Scanning Grip Diagnostic Speed MU 5 3 6 5 7 _Sub Scanning Grip Diagnosti...

Страница 1044: ...edures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning 1 4 Select Sub Scanning Grip Dia...

Страница 1045: ...oval HP sensor SZ2 is CLOSE n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scannin...

Страница 1046: ...the RU 6 6 3 Dust Removal Step Operation This function is not available for the software versions of V3 6 or earlier To be available in the future 6 6 4 Conveyance Motor Direction Selection n Function...

Страница 1047: ...ction at speed of SR 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning 2 4 Set the convey...

Страница 1048: ...r checkout be sure to turn OFF the RU power If all the sensors are ON an image abnormality occurs due to the influence of the sensor LEDs REFERENCE Confirm the IP leading edge sensor SZ1 status with a...

Страница 1049: ...and display the diagnosis results Refer to MD 7 8 Addition of Function of Checking the Conveyance Path Sensor for details of the function MD 7 8_Addition of Function of Checking the Conveyance Path S...

Страница 1050: ...e grip mechanism to its home position and perform its operation check In the home position it is in the grip released condition n Procedures 1 Put the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility...

Страница 1051: ...Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Post Reading Conveyor 4 Select Grip Position Movement MD2 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL ins...

Страница 1052: ...res 1 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Post Reading Conveyor 4 Select Post Conveyance...

Страница 1053: ...e the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Post Reading Conveyor 4 Select Post Conveyance MD2 ME1 I...

Страница 1054: ...driven to perform grip releasing as during routine operation n Procedures 1 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Sta...

Страница 1055: ...side positioning operation is performed 1 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Co...

Страница 1056: ...home position and perform its operation check In the home position it is in the grip released condition n Procedures 1 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the...

Страница 1057: ...s 1 Place the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 1 4 Execute Erasure Grip Diagno...

Страница 1058: ...er Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 1 4 Select Erasure Grip Movement ME3 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL inste...

Страница 1059: ...lace the RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 1 4 Select Erasure Side positioning...

Страница 1060: ...ty MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 2 4 Turn ON the path change guide SOLF1 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of...

Страница 1061: ...2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 2 4 Stop the inverter cooling fan FANE2 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and troublesh...

Страница 1062: ...1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Erasure Conveyor 2 4 Turn OFF the inverter cooling fan FANE3 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and trouble...

Страница 1063: ...UTL 6 Turn OFF and back ON the power of the RU 7 3 5 LAMP LAMP1 5 This function is not available for the software versions of V3 6 or earlier To be available in the future 7 3 6 Erasure Unit Thermal S...

Страница 1064: ...e MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Control Unit 4 Stop the control unit fans FAN G1 to G5 If an error code is displayed on the MUTL instead of RESULT OK then refer to the error code table and...

Страница 1065: ...e RU in the Maintenance Mode Start the User Utility MU 2 2 1_Starting the User Utility 2 Start the MUTL MU 5 2 1_Starting the MUTL 3 Select Sub Scanning Unit 4 Enter a value to adjust the read speed R...

Страница 1066: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MU 133 MU 133 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1067: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MU 134 MU 134 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1068: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual MU 135 MU 135 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1069: ...2004 04 Corrections FM 4425 6 12 15 17 24 34 35 37 38 41 44 48 49 51 53 76 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM 4610 6 12 15 21 26 31 38 46 48 49 51 72 75 77 10 02 2006 06 Change of Corporate Name and Corpor...

Страница 1070: ...tes the version number of a part If parts have different version numbers they are upward compatible For software The alphabet denotes a difference in the speci cations Parts differing in the suf x are...

Страница 1071: ...TIONINGCONVEYOR INDEX 06 AFTER SCANNING CONVEYOR INDEX 07 ERASURE CONVEYOR INDEX 08 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT INDEX 09 LIGHT COLLECTING UNIT INDEX 10 SUB SCANNING UNIT INDEX 11 CONTROLLER INDEX 12 CABLE IN...

Страница 1072: ...3 1 D 5 376N0238 Air Filter 4 MC 3 2 D 6 345N1683 A B Louver 2 MC 3 2 E 7 350Y1675A Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 8 350Y1676A Cover 1 MC 3 1 D 9 113Y1702C Board Assembly 1 LED4 MC 5 9 E 10 356N9255B Bracket 1 MC 5...

Страница 1073: ...E 1 350Y1680 Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 2 350Y1682 Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 3 350N2059A B C Cover 21 E 4 350Y1681 Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 5 350N2763C Cover 1 E 6 350N2738C Cover 1 E 7 405N2505 A Label 1 E 8 350N2731A Cover 1...

Страница 1074: ...3 5 350Y101282 Cover 1 For CR IR362 for PHILIPS MC 3 1 E 3 6 350Y101219 Cover 1 For CR IR363 for PHILIPS MC 3 1 E 4 350Y101145 Cover 1 MC 3 1 D 5 376N100047 Mechanical Filter 2 MC 3 2 D 6 345N100520B...

Страница 1075: ...F PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO E 1 350Y101183A Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 2 350Y101144 Cover 1 MC 3 1 3 E 4 350Y101177A Cover 1 MC 3 1 5 6 7 E 8 350N100941A Cover 1 D 9 376N100047 Mechanical...

Страница 1076: ...3 3 350Y102250 Cover 1 For Philips MC 3 1 E 4 350Y102257 Cover 1 MC 3 1 D 5 376N100047 Mechanical Filter 2 MC 3 2 D 6 345N101184 Louver 2 MC 3 2 E 7 350Y102262 Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 8 350Y102251 Cover 1 M...

Страница 1077: ...REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO E 1 350Y102264 Cover 1 MC 3 1 E 2 350Y102255 Cover 1 MC 3 1 3 E 4 350Y102261 Cover 1 MC 3 1 5 6 7 E 8 350N100941A Cover 1 D 9 376N100047 Mechanical...

Страница 1078: ...r later D 5 1 382N1591A Tape 2 20001or later D 5 2 382N100359 Tape 2 50001or later D 6 1 382N1590A Tape 2 20001or later D 6 2 382N100358 Tape 2 50001or later D 7 363Y0478A Guide plate 2 D 8 387N0131D...

Страница 1079: ...1 SG1 MC 4 11 D 6 2 146N0016B Photo Sensor 1 SG1 MC 4 11 E 7 356N9295B C Bracket 1 MC 4 11 D 8 1 113Y1466 Board Assembly 1 SG2 MC 4 12 D 8 2 146N0016B Photo Sensor 1 SG2 MC 4 12 D 9 387N0131B C Antis...

Страница 1080: ...ng 2 MC 4 2 D 6 146N0016B Photo Sensor 1 SG1 MC 4 11 E 7 356N9295B C Bracket 1 MC 4 11 D 8 146N0016B Photo Sensor 1 SG2 MC 4 12 D 9 387N0131B C Antistatic Brush 4 D 10 387N0130D E F Antistatic Brush 4...

Страница 1081: ...4 RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO E 1 375N0099 Seal 38 1 E 2 347N1841B C Spacer 2 E 3 356N9222B Bracket 1 20001 or later E 4 356N9187A Bracket 1 E 5 1 350N2725D Cover 1 2000...

Страница 1082: ...E F Antistatic Brush 8 MC 5 10 D 13 388N2447B Extension Spring 1 L 33mm MC 5 14 D 14 388N3081B Torsion Coil Spring 4 MC 5 7 D 15 398N0067C Shutter 4 MC 5 7 E 16 405N0186 Label 3 MC 5 1 D 17 318S1164 C...

Страница 1083: ...14 D 12 387N0130D E F Antistatic Brush 8 MC 5 10 D 13 388N2447B Extension Spring 1 L 33mm MC 5 14 D 14 388N3081B Torsion Coil Spring 4 MC 5 7 D 15 398N0067C Shutter 4 MC 5 7 E 16 405N0186 Label 3 MC...

Страница 1084: ...14 D 12 387N0130D E F Antistatic Brush 8 MC 5 10 D 13 388N2447B Extension Spring 1 L 33mm MC 5 14 D 14 388N3081B Torsion Coil Spring 4 MC 5 7 D 15 398N100032 Shutter 4 MC 5 7 E 16 405N0186 Label 3 MC...

Страница 1085: ...A 2 133Y1031A B Pump 4 PA1 2 3 4 MC 5 36 D 3 134Y0056B C Solenoid Valve 4 SVA1 2 3 4 MC 5 35 D 4 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 4 SA4 10 16 22 MC 5 19 E 5 346N1260F Plate Support 4 MC 5 31 E 6 356N8168A Bra...

Страница 1086: ...itch 4 SA5 11 17 23 MC 5 20 A 2 133Y2034C Pump 4 PA1 2 3 4 MC 5 36 D 3 134Y100048A Solenoid Valve 4 SVA1 2 3 4 MC 5 35 D 4 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 4 SA4 10 16 22 MC 5 19 E 5 346N100533C Plate Support...

Страница 1087: ...Arm 8 MC 5 6 E 9 341N1060M N Arm 4 MC 5 32 E 10 356N9464 Bracket 4 MC 5 22 E 11 356N9151E Bracket 4 MC 5 22 D 12 370N0255B Hose 4 MC 5 22 D 13 372S0049 A Joint 8 MC 5 22 D 14 372S0050 A Joint 8 MC 5 2...

Страница 1088: ...n Bearing 8 MC 5 24 D 4 322SY065 Plain Bearing 4 MC 5 24 D 5 327N0144A Spur Gear 4 MC 5 24 D 6 327N0173A Spur Gear 4 MC 5 24 D 7 327N0193A Spur Gear 4 MC 5 24 D 8 327N0194 Spur Gear 4 MC 5 24 D 9 327N...

Страница 1089: ...te 4 MC 5 28 D 17 388N1224A Compression Coil Spring 12 L 64mm MC 5 39 D 18 107Y0183 A Solenoid 4 SOLA1 2 3 4 MC 5 34 D 19 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 4 SA2 8 14 20 MC 5 29 D 20 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 4 S...

Страница 1090: ...01B Spur Gear 2 MC 6 6 E 4 339N0022B Handle 1 MC 6 6 E 5 356N8931A Bracket 1 MC 6 6 D 6 322SY232 Plain Bearing 2 MC 6 6 E 7 319N3662A Shaft 1 MC 6 6 D 8 327N1122416B Spur Gear 1 MC 6 6 D 9 388N1213A C...

Страница 1091: ...RT NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO D 1 327N1123601B Spur Gear 5 MC 6 13 D 2 327N1122421 Spur Gear 1 MC 6 13 D 3 327N1127201A Spur Gear 3 MC 6 13 D 4 327N0188A Spur Gear 3 MC 6 13 D 5 118SX167 A St...

Страница 1092: ...rd Assembly 4 SB1 2 3 4 MC 6 2 D 10 2 146N0016B Photo Sensor 4 SB1 2 3 4 MC 6 2 E 11 346N1251B C Plate Support 1 MC 6 9 D 12 328N0045A Claw 3 MC 6 9 D 13 327N0190B Spur Gear 2 MC 6 9 D 14 118SX167 A S...

Страница 1093: ...ller 18 MC 6 19 E 5 356N9136B Bracket 3 MC 6 19 D 6 388N5269 Leaf Spring 3 MC 6 22 D 7 334Y3214A Rubber Roller 4 MC 6 23 D 8 334N3577A Rubber Roller 4 MC 6 23 D 9 334Y2244A Resin Roller Assembly 3 MC...

Страница 1094: ...22N2001A Plain Bearing 3 MC 6 25 E 5 1 363N2467E F Guide 4 MC 6 27 E 5 2 363Y100425 Guide 4 REF5 1 IP Improved parts of REF5 1 IP Jam MC 6 27 D 6 363Y0433 Guide 3 MC 6 26 D 7 1 363N2227C D Guide 1 MC...

Страница 1095: ...pur Gear 6 MC 6 29 D 6 388N2517 Extension Spring 4 L 90mm MC 6 29 D 7 327N1121608A Spur Gear 3 MC 6 30 D 8 388N2517 Extension Spring 2 L 90mm MC 6 30 9 D 10 334N3578A Rubber Roller 1 MC 6 30 D 11 334N...

Страница 1096: ...6N9137 Bracket 1 D 8 334N3577A Rubber Roller 1 MC 6 32 D 9 334N3578A Rubber Roller 1 MC 6 32 D 10 363Y0456B Guide 1 D 11 363Y0449 Guide 1 D 12 322SP203 Ball Bearing 1 MC 6 7 D 13 332N0620 Stopper 1 MC...

Страница 1097: ...88N2520 Extension Spring 1 L 80mm MC 6 33 E 2 341N1050B Arm 1 MC 6 33 D 3 322N2002 Plain Bearing 1 MC 6 33 D 4 363Y0455B C Guide 1 MC 6 35 D 5 322SY054 Plain Bearing 1 MC 6 33 D 6 363Y0471 A B Guide 1...

Страница 1098: ...MC 7 22 D 6 388N5269 Leaf Spring 9 MC 7 22 D 7 118SX171 B C D Stepping Motor 1 MC4 MC 7 11 D 8 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 1 SC4 MC 7 6 E 9 319N3963A Shaft 1 MC 7 29 D 10 322N100294 Plain Bearing 1 MC 7 2...

Страница 1099: ...940A B Shaft 1 MC 7 21 D 5 322SP214 Ball Bearing 1 MC 7 19 D 6 327N0143C Spur Gear 1 MC 7 3 D 7 327N0189A Spur Gear 1 MC 7 9 D 8 327N0194 Spur Gear 1 MC 7 3 D 9 327N1103802 Spur Gear 1 MC 7 3 D 10 329...

Страница 1100: ...Plain Bearing 2 MC 7 15 D 9 322SY122 Plain Bearing 1 MC 7 16 D 10 323S3069 Timing Belt 1 MC 7 7 D 11 324N1026A Flat Belt Wheel 1 MC 7 15 D 12 324N1032A Flat Belt Wheel 1 MC 7 7 D 13 324N3164A Timing B...

Страница 1101: ...347N1624A Spacer 4 MC 7 25 E 16 347N1624A Spacer 2 MC 7 26 E 17 347N1624A Spacer 2 MC 7 27 E 18 347N1846 Spacer 1 MC 7 27 D 19 360N0476 Housing 2 MC 7 25 D 20 360N0476 Housing 2 MC 7 27 D 21 360N0479...

Страница 1102: ...13 D 11 327N0139B Spur Gear 1 MC 7 12 D 12 327N0140A Spur Gear 1 MC 7 12 D 13 327N0173A Spur Gear 1 MC 7 8 D 14 328N0050C Claw 1 MC 7 13 D 15 328N0051C Claw 1 MC 7 13 D 16 334N0041A Roller 2 MC 7 13...

Страница 1103: ...MC 7 12 D 12 327N0140A Spur Gear 1 MC 7 12 D 13 327N0173A Spur Gear 1 MC 7 8 D 14 328N0050C Claw 1 MC 7 13 D 15 328N0051C Claw 1 MC 7 13 D 16 334N0041A Roller 2 MC 7 13 E 17 341N1065B Arm 1 MC 7 12 E...

Страница 1104: ...27N0199 Spur Gear 1 MC 8 7 D 8 327N0198 Spur Gear 1 MC 8 7 D 9 324N3164A Timing Belt Pulley 2 MC 8 3 D 10 324N1026A Flat Belt Wheel 1 MC 8 3 D 11 322SP203 Ball Bearing 4 MC 8 3 D 12 324N3098A B Timing...

Страница 1105: ...MC 8 4 D 4 327N0195A Spur Gear 1 MC 8 21 D 5 356N9165 Bracket 1 MC 8 21 D 6 322SP214 Ball Bearing 1 MC 8 21 D 7 327S1103002A Spur Gear 1 MC 8 4 D 8 329N0158A Cam 1 MC 8 21 D 9 327N0196B Spur Gear 1 MC...

Страница 1106: ...1 MC 8 21 E 6 347N1834 Spacer 1 MC 8 8 E 7 356N9111 Bracket 1 MC 8 11 D 8 388N5269 Leaf Spring 3 MC 8 11 D 9 334N3580B Resin Roller 3 MC 8 11 E 10 342N0131 Lever 1 MC 8 8 D 11 329N0149A Cam 2 MC 8 8 D...

Страница 1107: ...N0479 Housing 2 MC 8 15 D 7 322SP206 Ball Bearing 2 MC 8 15 E 8 347N1846 Spacer 1 MC 8 15 D 9 388N2473B Extension Spring 1 L 117mm MC 8 15 D 10 334N3581B Rubber Roller 1 MC 8 15 D 11 334N3582B Rubber...

Страница 1108: ...C 8 20 D 5 334N3578A Rubber Roller 1 MC 8 17 D 6 334N3577A Rubber Roller 1 MC 8 17 D 7 388N2458A Extension Spring 1 L 62mm MC 8 17 E 8 405N0186 Label 3 D 9 327N1121608A Spur Gear 3 MC 8 18 D 10 388N25...

Страница 1109: ...E 12 356N9346 Bracket 1 MC 9 30 D 13 363N2476B Guide 4 MC 9 24 D 14 407Y0027 A Reflective Plate 1 MC 9 24 D 15 323S3097 Timing Belt 1 MC 9 27 D 16 323S3223 Timing Belt 1 MC 9 26 D 17 322SY122 Plain Be...

Страница 1110: ...C 9 30 E 7 347N1834 Spacer 1 MC 9 30 E 8 319N3969A B Shaft 1 MC 9 45 D 9 322N2003A Plain Bearing 1 MC 9 29 D 10 322SP214 Ball Bearing 2 MC 9 45 D 11 327N0195A Spur Gear 2 MC 9 45 D 12 327N0196B Spur G...

Страница 1111: ...1 MC 9 35 D 13 322N0052 Bearing 2 MC 9 35 D 14 322SY063 Plain Bearing 4 MC 9 35 D 15 322SY093 Plain Bearing 4 MC 9 35 D 16 322SY232 Plain Bearing 2 MC 9 35 D 17 327N0140A Spur Gear 2 MC 9 35 D 18 327...

Страница 1112: ...cer 14 MC 9 40 E 10 347N1846 Spacer 2 MC 9 27 D 11 360N0484A Housing 6 MC 9 40 D 12 360N0485A Housing 6 MC 9 40 D 13 363Y0466C Guide 1 MC 9 46 D 14 363Y0483C Guide Plate 1 MC 9 43 D 15 363Y0484A Guide...

Страница 1113: ...C 9 23 E 5 356N9205B Bracket 1 MC 9 23 D 6 388N2540 Extension Spring 1 L 32mm MC 9 23 E 7 319N4023C Shaft 1 MC 9 47 E 8 319N4024A B Shaft 1 MC 9 47 E 9 319N4025C Shaft 1 MC 9 47 D 10 322N2003A Plain B...

Страница 1114: ...PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO D 1 388N2458A Extension Spring 1 L 62mm MC 9 42 2 D 3 327N1121608A Spur Gear 3 MC 9 42 D 4 334N3595A Rubber Roller 1 MC 9 42 D 5 334N3596A Rubber Roll...

Страница 1115: ...A Catch 1 MC 9 16 D 3 334Y2244A Resin Roller Assembly 3 MC 9 16 D 4 340D816796 Knob 1 20001 or later MC 9 16 E 5 347N1730A B Spacer 2 MC 9 16 E 6 356N9293B D Bracket 1 MC 9 16 D 7 1 363N2493A B C Guid...

Страница 1116: ...cket 2 MC 9 4 E 9 364N0103B C Guard 1 MC 9 6 E 10 369N0263C Duct 1 MC 9 2 E 11 369N0266B Duct 1 MC 9 3 E 12 369N0267D Duct 1 MC 9 4 E 13 316S0261 Clamp 3 MC 9 14 C 14 109N0021C D Lamp Stabilizer 1 INV...

Страница 1117: ...AL NO REFER TO D 1 115S0153 A Thermo Switch 1 TSWE1 MC 9 12 D 2 115Y0035B Thermo Switch 1 THE1 MC 9 11 C 3 123N0007D Lamp 5 MC 9 9 E 4 356N9113A Bracket 1 MC 9 8 E 5 356N9246 Bracket 1 MC 9 12 D 6 407...

Страница 1118: ...REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO D 1 840Y100201 Lamp Case 1 MC 9 52 C 2 113Y1756G H ERS23A Board Assembly ERS23A 1 MC 9 54 C 3 109N100001A B C INV26A Board Assembly INV26A 4 MC 9 53 AT 4 137S1280 FUSE 2 48...

Страница 1119: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 50 SP 50 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 08A 1 1 08A SCANNING OPTICS UNIT 1 RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO DR 1 839Y0058F G H J K Scanning Optics...

Страница 1120: ...ater CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 51 SP 51 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 08B 2 60001 2 60001 08B SCANNING OPTICS UNIT 2 60001 or Later RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO DR 1 839...

Страница 1121: ...100255B PMT26A PMT26A 1 2 MC 11 3 DR 1 4 113Y100484B PMT27B PMT27B 1 MC 11 3 D 2 345N1664C Shielding Tape 1 MC 11 3 D 3 1 606Y0077A Light collecting Guide 1 1 MC 11 1 D 3 2 606Y100039 Light collecting...

Страница 1122: ...011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 09B 2 60001 2 60001 09B LIGHT COLLECTING UNIT 2 60001 or Later RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO DR 1 113Y100484B PMT27B PMT27B 1 MC 11 3 D 2 345...

Страница 1123: ...LLECTING UNIT 3 RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO DR 1 1 113Y1695D E PMR17B PMR17B 1 MC 11 4 DR 1 2 113Y100666A PMR23B PMR23B 1 For CR IR363 MC 11 4 DR 1 3 113Y100476A PMR26B P...

Страница 1124: ...011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 09D 4 60001 4 60001 09D LIGHT COLLECTING UNIT 4 60001 or Later RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO DR 1 113Y100854 PMR27B PMR27B 1 MC 11 4 D 2 345N...

Страница 1125: ...ain Bearing 2 MC 12 33 D 6 322SY116 Plain Bearing 2 MC 12 33 E 7 323N1221A Belt 1 MC 12 4 D 8 334N100237 Resin Roller 2 MC 12 33 D 9 337N0043 Flywheel 1 MC 12 6 E 10 341N1062A Arm 1 MC 12 6 E 11 341N1...

Страница 1126: ...2 8 D 3 322SY055 Plain Bearing 2 MC 12 7 D 4 322SF149 Plain Bearing 2 MC 12 7 E 5 323N0041 Belt 1 MC 12 5 D 6 337N0044 Flywheel 1 MC 12 7 D 7 337N0059C Flywheel 1 MC 12 8 E 8 341N1056B Arm 1 MC 12 7 E...

Страница 1127: ...2 7 D 4 322SF149 Plain Bearing 2 MC 12 7 E 5 323N0041 Belt 1 MC 12 5 D 6 337N0044 Flywheel 1 MC 12 7 D 7 337N0059C Flywheel 1 MC 12 8 E 8 341N1056B Arm 1 MC 12 7 E 9 324N100163 Pulley 1 MC 12 9 2 D 10...

Страница 1128: ...sion Spring 1 L 22mm MC 12 16 E 10 356N9194 Bracket 1 D 11 118SX161 A Stepping Motor 1 MZ4 MC 12 15 D 12 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 1 SZ5 MC 12 12 E 13 316N0465B Arm 1 MC 12 17 E 14 319N3600B Shaft 1 MC...

Страница 1129: ...TO D 1 118YX216C B D Motor 1 MZ2 MC 12 13 D 2 146S0029 A Photo Sensor 2 SZ2 SZ3 MC 12 11 E 3 319N3616B Shaft 1 MC 12 13 D 4 322SF149 Plain Bearing 1 MC 12 11 D 5 329N0166 Cam 1 MC 12 13 E 6 356N6819C...

Страница 1130: ...1 MC 12 23 D 2 334Y3217 Rubber Roller 1 MC 12 20 D 3 334Y3217 Rubber Roller 1 MC 12 21 D 4 343N0055B Hook 1 MC 12 20 D 5 343N0055B Hook 1 MC 12 21 D 6 343N0056B Hook 1 MC 12 20 D 7 343N0056B Hook 1 MC...

Страница 1131: ...Board Assembly SED23A 1 SZ1 50001 or later and 60001 or later MC 12 23 E 7 319N3957A B Shaft 1 MC 12 25 D 8 322SF155 Plain Bearing 1 MC 12 25 D 9 322SF155 Plain Bearing 1 MC 12 25 D 10 327N0135E Gear...

Страница 1132: ...RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO D 1 387N0138C Antistatic Brush 1 E 2 401N0848B C Counter Plate 1 MC 12 28 D 3 334Y3219 A B Rubber Roller 1 For CR IR 363 MC 12 28 4 E 5 356N9...

Страница 1133: ...EMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO E 1 386Y0048 Vibration Proof Rubber Assembly 1 MC 12 32 E 2 356N9239B Bracket 1 E 3 356N9240B Bracket 1 E 4 356N9415B Bracket 1 E 5 356N9414B Bracket 1 E 6 357N1460F Base 1 E...

Страница 1134: ...R 17 113Y1693C SCT17B SCT17B 1 MC 13 4 CR 18 113Y1698F SNS17A SNS17A 1 MC 13 8 D 19 1 119S0006 A B Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 D 19 2 119Y100049 Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 E 20 316S0261 Clamp 2 E 21 316S0261 C...

Страница 1135: ...R 18 113Y1698F SNS17A SNS17A 1 MC 13 8 D 19 1 119S0006 A B Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 D 19 2 119Y100049 Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 E 20 316S0261 Clamp 2 E 21 316S0261 Clamp 2 E 22 316S0261 Clamp 2 AT 23 137S1...

Страница 1136: ...R 18 113Y100477B SNS17D SNS17D 1 MC 13 8 D 19 1 119S0006 A B Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 D 19 2 119Y100049 Fan 3 FANG3 4 5 MC 4 6 E 20 316S0261 Clamp 2 E 21 316S0261 Clamp 2 E 22 316S0261 Clamp 2 AT 23 137...

Страница 1137: ...ARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO AT 1 898Y1001A Fuse Kit 1 137S1175 Fuse 2 For INV17A B 137S1178 Fuse 2 For INV17A B 137S1276 Fuse 2 For PSU17A SCT17B SCN17A SNS17B SCT17P SCN17P 137S1277 Fuse 2 For DRV17A B 1...

Страница 1138: ...able 1 20001 or later 2 19 E 48 136Y8777B Cable 1 20001 or later 2 19 RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO CONNECTION DIAGRAM E 49 136Y8778B Cable 1 20001 or later 2 19 E 50 136Y8779B Cabl...

Страница 1139: ...13A CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 70 SP 70 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001...

Страница 1140: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 71 SP 71 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1141: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 72 SP 72 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1142: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 73 SP 73 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1143: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 74 SP 74 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1144: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 75 SP 75 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1145: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 76 SP 76 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1146: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 77 SP 77 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1147: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 78 SP 78 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1148: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 79 SP 79 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1149: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 80 SP 80 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1150: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 81 SP 81 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1151: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 82 SP 82 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1152: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 83 SP 83 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1153: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 84 SP 84 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1154: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 85 SP 85 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1155: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 86 SP 86 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1156: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 87 SP 87 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13A 1 20001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1 20001 or Later...

Страница 1157: ...13B CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 88 SP 88 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001...

Страница 1158: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 89 SP 89 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1159: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 90 SP 90 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1160: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 91 SP 91 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1161: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 92 SP 92 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1162: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 93 SP 93 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1163: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 94 SP 94 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1164: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 95 SP 95 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1165: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 96 SP 96 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1166: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 97 SP 97 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1167: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 98 SP 98 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1168: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 99 SP 99 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1169: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 100 SP 100 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1170: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 101 SP 101 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1171: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 102 SP 102 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1172: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 103 SP 103 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1173: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 104 SP 104 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1174: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 105 SP 105 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13B 2 50001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 50001 or Later...

Страница 1175: ...13C CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 106 SP 106 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001...

Страница 1176: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 107 SP 107 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1177: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 108 SP 108 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1178: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 109 SP 109 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1179: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 110 SP 110 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1180: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 111 SP 111 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1181: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 112 SP 112 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1182: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 113 SP 113 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1183: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 114 SP 114 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1184: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 115 SP 115 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1185: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 116 SP 116 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1186: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 117 SP 117 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1187: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 118 SP 118 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1188: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 119 SP 119 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1189: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 120 SP 120 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1190: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 121 SP 121 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1191: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 122 SP 122 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1192: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual SP 123 SP 123 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 13C 3 60001 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 60001 or Later...

Страница 1193: ...B 12 80 136Y102173C 12 74 136Y102174B 12 76 136Y102175C 12 77 136Y102176C 12 78 136Y102178C 12 81 136Y102180C 12 82 136Y102187B 12 83 136Y102188C 12 75 136Y102192C 12 70 136Y102193C 12 71 136Y102194C...

Страница 1194: ...22SP203 05C 4 322SP203 05C 5 322SP203 06A 11 322SP203 06A 23 322SP203 07A 2 322SP205 05D 7 322SP205 05D 8 322SP205 05D 9 322SP205 06D 2 322SP205 06D 16 322SP205 07D 4 322SP206 05D 10 322SP206 05D 11 3...

Страница 1195: ...1049 04E 10 341N1050B 04H 2 341N1056B 10B 8 341N1056B 10C 8 341N1057C 10D 26 341N1060M N 03F 9 341N1061 06A 14 341N1062A 10A 10 341N1063A 10A 11 341N1065B 05E 17 341N1065B 05F 17 341N1090C D 07E 14 34...

Страница 1196: ...356N9224C 11A 7 356N9224C 11B 7 356N9224C 11C 7 356N9225B 11A 8 356N9225B 11B 8 356N9225B 11C 8 356N9226D 11A 9 356N9226D 11B 9 356N9226D 11C 9 356N9227C 11A 10 356N9227C 11B 10 356N9227C 11C 10 356N...

Страница 1197: ...10C 10 388N1158A 03H 35 388N1211A 02B 1 388N1211A 02C 1 388N1213A 04A 9 388N1215 04A 13 388N1223 05E 23 388N1223 05F 23 388N1223 07C 27 388N1224A 03H 17 388N2227A 10A 17 388N2434A 10B 11 388N2434A 10C...

Страница 1198: ...BR BR3 10 308S9420310 BR3 12 308S9420312 BR4 8 308S9410408 M3 10 M3 12 M4 8 M4 12 M8 30 6 Hexagon headed bolt Q Q3 20 M3 20 7 Hexagon Headed bolt with spring and plain washer BQ BQ4 10 M4 10 8 Deltigh...

Страница 1199: ...E 2 356N9407 Bracket 1 Front E 3 356N9406A Bracket 2 E 4 356N9534 Bracket 1 Rear E 5 350N2874A B Cover 1 Rear cover E 6 347N1930 Spacer 12 2mm E 7 347N1929 Spacer 2 1mm 20001 or later E 8 347N1928 Sp...

Страница 1200: ...Manual SP 131 SP 131 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 18 18 JIG RANK REF PART NO PART NAME QTY REMARKS SERIAL NO REFER TO E 1 Y22S0114 Special bit 1 MC 21 E 2 Y22S0115 Clip clamping tool 1 MC 21 E 3 898...

Страница 1201: ...2 20 2004 03 Corrections FM4181 1 4 6 8 10 53 56 94 11 15 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 2 5 9 15 24 30 37 39 123 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 2 5 9 10 122 127 09 30 2008 07 Corrections FM5340 3 4 24...

Страница 1202: ...PM 7 1 3 year intervals PM 8 4 1 REFERENCE PM 6 _Turning OFF the High Voltage Switch 1 2 Notations of Intervals In this volume either of the following symbols is indicated for each maintenance program...

Страница 1203: ...s to be performed at various intervals are listed below l Preventive maintenance programs to be performed every year of machine use or whenever a process count of about 60 000 is reached Reference sec...

Страница 1204: ...ush Assembly 11 5 Cleaning the Glass Guide 30 11 8 Cleaning the Flywheel and Kapton Belt 11 9 Cleaning the SUS Belt 12 Checking the Light Collecting Guide 10 12 3 Reinstalling the Post Reading Conveyo...

Страница 1205: ...later 14 3 Replacing the Filter Filter x1 20001 or later 14 5 Replacing the Lamp Assembly 50001 or later 14 6 Reinstalling the Lamp Assembly 16 Turning ON the High Voltage Switch 1 17 Cleaning Reinsta...

Страница 1206: ...nveyor Unit 9 Side Positioning Conveyor Unit 10 Post Reading Conveyor Unit 11 Subscanning Unit 12 Light Collecting Guide 13 Erasure Conveyor Unit 14 Lamp Assembly 15 Cleaning Inside the Machine 16 Tur...

Страница 1207: ...ance Procedures 2 1 Checking the Error Log 1 Power ON the CL 2 Power ON the RU 3 Press the Windows key to display the Start menu of Windows 4 Select Run from the Start menu of Windows and type C Progr...

Страница 1208: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 7 PM 7 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 5 Open the ERROR DB 6 Select the log to check the error log PM 2 2...

Страница 1209: ...ervice Manual PM 8 PM 8 011 202 03 02 20 2004 FM4181 2 2 Checking the Erasure Lamp Lighting Time PM 3 1 1 Open the MAINTENANCE UTILITY window 2 Open the EDIT HISTORY window 3 Check the erasure lamp li...

Страница 1210: ...ype used at the institution with the following doses With the X ray tube the first IP should be exposed in a normal orientation and the second in a 180 degree upside down orientation When the HR IP is...

Страница 1211: ...l HR BD IP Film output conditions TEST Image Format or Image Format 2 SINGLE 2 Verify that there is no unusual nonuniformity found on the output film or on the image displayed on the image monitor u...

Страница 1212: ...the distance measured on the film and the reduction factor for the film Compute the actual size on the IP according to the following equation PM 3 3 3 3 Checking the Output Characters PM 4 1 Make sur...

Страница 1213: ...09E 10 24 2011 FM5964 4 Pulling Out the Machine 4 1 Unlocking the Retainers PM 4 2 1 Power OFF the CL 2 Power OFF the RU 3 Unlock the adjustable feet 4 2 Disconnecting the Cables PM 5 2 PM 5 3 PM 5 4...

Страница 1214: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 13 PM 13 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 5 Removing the Covers 5 1 Nothing 5 2 Removing the Covers 1 Year Intervals PM 8 4 1 1 Remove the covers...

Страница 1215: ...4 PM 14 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 5 3 Removing the Covers 2 Year Intervals PM 6 1 Remove the covers u INSTRUCTION u When removing the upper left hand side cover take off the louvers first The screw...

Страница 1216: ...ice Manual PM 15 PM 15 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 5 4 Removing the Covers 3 Year Intervals 20001 or later PM 6 1 Remove the covers 5 5 Removing the Covers 3 Year Intervals 50001 or later PM 6 1 Rem...

Страница 1217: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 16 PM 16 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 6 Turning OFF the High Voltage Switch PM 7 1 PM 8 4 1 1 Turn OFF the high voltage switch of the SCT17B board...

Страница 1218: ...OTE u Because the feed load conveyor unit is heavy pay attention to the following points when removing installing and moving it Before proceeding with the procedures secure sufficient working space ar...

Страница 1219: ...1 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 7 2 Cleaning the Rubber Rollers and Suction Cups 1 Move the arms white to the positions illustrated below 2 Wipe the rubber rollers with a moistened cloth 3 Move the arms w...

Страница 1220: ...push it all the way Make sure that the route of the hose is stress free and normal 5 Clean the suction cups suction surfaces with a moistened cloth 6 Reinstall the suction cup assembly in reverse orde...

Страница 1221: ...ake sure that the hose is attached in a proper position as illustrated below l CHECK 2 To attach the hose push it all the way 2 Reinstall the PA1 in reverse order of removal 3 For the IP suction pumps...

Страница 1222: ...des and Rubber Rollers u INSTRUCTION u During the procedures put down the feed load conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated below Otherwise the feed load conveyor unit might topple down so...

Страница 1223: ...e shock absorbing rollers and guides by use of a vacuum cleaner 6 Wipe the rubber rollers with a moistened cloth 7 Reinstall the shock absorbing roller assembly in reverse order of removal 8 Repeat st...

Страница 1224: ...R 363 Service Manual PM 23 PM 23 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 10 Attach the spur gears and brackets l CHECK1 Make sure that the spur gears are attached in such an orientation as illustrated below PM...

Страница 1225: ...its IP contacting face down The contacting face may be scratched or soiled 1 Remove the guide for the first shelf and clean it by use of a vacuum cleaner 2 Clean the guides and shock absorbing rollers...

Страница 1226: ...es and Rubber Rollers u NOTES u Use care not to exert undue force onto the guide If undue force is applied to it the guide may be deformed Do not place the guide with its IP contacting face down The c...

Страница 1227: ...ner member of the half clutch spur gear may pop out If the inner member pops out push it back where it was If the inner member is removed it may cause trouble or failure l CHECK 1 When attaching the h...

Страница 1228: ...Manual PM 27 PM 27 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Remove the guides and clean them by use of a vacuum cleaner l Without spacer l With spacer 5 Remove the spacer l CHECK 1 Make sure that the spacer is...

Страница 1229: ...d clean them by use of a vacuum cleaner l CHECK 1 When attaching the guide do so in such an orientation as illustrated below Unless this guide is attached properly other guides could not be attached 7...

Страница 1230: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 29 PM 29 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 Wipe the rubber rollers with a moistened cloth 10 Reinstall the guides in reverse order of removal PM 8 4 2...

Страница 1231: ...ush Roller PM 9 3 1 PM 9 1 1 Remove the brush roller assembly 2 Clean the brush rollers and brackets by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Reinstall the brush roller assembly in reverse order of removal l CHEC...

Страница 1232: ...r later PM 8 5 50001 or later PM 8 6 1 Remove the brush roller assembly 2 Clean the brush rollers and brackets by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Reinstall the brush roller assembly in reverse order of remo...

Страница 1233: ...Reinstalling the Feed Load Conveyor Unit u NOTE u Because the feed load conveyor unit is heavy pay attention to the following points when moving and installing it Before proceeding with the procedures...

Страница 1234: ...to the housing u NOTE u Use care so that the side plate bottom portions of the feed load conveyor unit do not ride onto the brackets of the housing 2 Secure the feed load conveyor unit in place 3 Chec...

Страница 1235: ...e Positioning Conveyor Unit 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 and 3 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 2 Disconnect the connector 3 Remove the screws 4 Carry out the...

Страница 1236: ...the connectors 7 Remove the screws 8 Carry out the operations in the step 9 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 9 Disconnect the connector 10 Carry out the operations in the...

Страница 1237: ...e housing shadowed portion in the figure when slightly lifting the side positioning conveyor unit and flipping it down forward The guide of the side positioning conveyor unit might possibly deform or...

Страница 1238: ...guide and cleaning guide by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Reinstall the guide in reverse order of removal 9 3 2 Cleaning the Cleaning Guide Assembly u INSTRUCTION u If the processed IP count is about 18 0...

Страница 1239: ...ervice Manual PM 38 PM 38 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 Clean the cleaning guide by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Clean the guides by use of a vacuum cleaner 4 Wipe the rubber rollers with a moistened c...

Страница 1240: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 39 PM 39 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 3 3 Replacing the Cleaning Guide 1 Remove the cleaning guide assembly 4 Replace the cleaning guide...

Страница 1241: ...sure that the tension coil springs are attached properly 5 Reinstall the cleaning guide in reverse order of removal 6 Lay down the side positioning conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated...

Страница 1242: ...M 9 5 1 Remove the shock absorbing roller assemblies 2 Clean the shock absorbing rollers and antistatic member by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Clean the guide and antistatic member by use of a vacuum cle...

Страница 1243: ...E 09 30 2009 FM5540 9 5 Reinstalling the Cleaning Guide Assembly and Guide PM 10 1 PM 11 10 1 Mount the cleaning guide assembly onto the side positioning conveyor unit 2 Secure the cleaning guide asse...

Страница 1244: ...2 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 10 Post Reading Conveyor Unit 10 1 Removing the Retaining Member PM 10 3 1 Carry out the operations in the step 2 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below...

Страница 1245: ...e wearing gloves u INSTRUCTION u Wear gloves when servicing the light collecting guide 1 Disconnect the connectors u NOTES u To disconnect the CN2 use its special jig If the jig is not used the connec...

Страница 1246: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 45 PM 45 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 Remove the screws 3 Remove the lower light collecting guide...

Страница 1247: ...ons in the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 5 Disconnect the connector 6 Remove the screws 7 Carry out the operations in the steps 8 and 9 from the direction...

Страница 1248: ...r unit into contact with the ceiling of the housing shadowed portion in the figure when slightly lifting the post reading conveyor unit and flipping it down forward The guide of the post reading conve...

Страница 1249: ...0 4 Cleaning the Guides Shock Absorbing Rollers and Rubber Rollers 1 Remove the guides 2 Clean the guides and shock absorbing rollers by use of a vacuum cleaner 3 Wipe the rubber rollers with a moiste...

Страница 1250: ...IR 363 Service Manual PM 49 PM 49 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 10 5 Cleaning the Movable Guide Assembly 1 Remove the movable guide assembly 2 Clean the movable guide assembly by use of a vacuum clean...

Страница 1251: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 50 PM 50 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Reinstall the movable guide assembly PM 11 1...

Страница 1252: ...when you are wearing gloves u INSTRUCTION u When servicing the light collecting unit wear gloves 1 Disconnect the connectors u NOTES u To disconnect the CN2 use its special jig If the jig is not used...

Страница 1253: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 52 PM 52 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 Remove the screws 3 Remove the upper light collecting guide PM 11 2...

Страница 1254: ...vice Manual PM 53 PM 53 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 11 2 Cleaning the Antistatic Brush Assembly 1 Clean the antistatic brush assembly 2 Remove the transparent cover 3 Remove the shock absorbing rubb...

Страница 1255: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 54 PM 54 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Remove the SUS belt 5 Remove the driven shaft grip roller upper PM 11 3...

Страница 1256: ...t Grip Roller PM 11 4 1 Remove the driving shaft grip roller upper 11 4 Removing the Kapton Belt PM 11 5 1 Remove the Kapton belt u NOTE u After removing the tension coil spring support the tensioner...

Страница 1257: ...led by other than a service engineer who has been trained to do so CAUTION When servicing the scanning optics unit be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your body If your body is not grou...

Страница 1258: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 57 PM 57 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Remove the sensor SZ1 4 Remove the light collecting mirror CAUTION Wear gloves when handling the light collecting mirror...

Страница 1259: ...en the special screws u INSTRUCTION u The glass guide retaining bracket is secured by special screws To attach or remove them use the special tool designed for them 6 Shift the operation direction fro...

Страница 1260: ...e the glass guide so that it is not damaged by hitting it against surrounding objects 9 Clean the glass guide by use of ethanol CAUTION Wear gloves when cleaning the glass guide 10 Reinstall the glass...

Страница 1261: ...e the bracket u INSTRUCTION u The glass guide retaining bracket is secured by special screws To attach or remove them use the special tool designed for them 12 Shift the operation direction from the b...

Страница 1262: ...rvice Manual PM 61 PM 61 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 14 Install the light collecting mirror and clean it by use of ethanol CAUTION Wear gloves when handling the light collecting mirror 15 Install th...

Страница 1263: ...hould not be removed or installed by other than a service engineer who has been trained to do so CAUTION When servicing the scanning optics unit be sure to wear an anti static wristband to ground your...

Страница 1264: ...the arrow in the figure retain the subscanning unit REFERENCE By pressing the two positioning brackets and the knob of the scanning optics unit against the frame of the subscanning unit the scanning...

Страница 1265: ...Driving Shaft Grip Rollers PM 11 7 1 Clean the center guide by use of a vacuum cleaner 2 Clean the driving shaft grip rollers upper and lower with a moistened cloth 3 Attach the driving shaft grip rol...

Страница 1266: ...Driven Shaft Grip Rollers PM 11 8 1 Clean the center guide by use of a vacuum cleaner 2 Clean the driven shaft grip rollers upper and lower with a moistened cloth 3 Attach the driven shaft grip rolle...

Страница 1267: ...Kapton belt with a moistened cloth u INSTRUCTION u When cleaning the Kapton belt ethanol should not be used If ethanol is used the date and other markings on the Kapton belt will be wiped out 3 Reins...

Страница 1268: ...1 Clean the SUS belt by use of ethanol 2 Reinstall the SUS belt u INSTRUCTION u After installing the SUS belt rotate the driving shaft by hand to verify that the SUS belt does not come off REFERENCE...

Страница 1269: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 68 PM 68 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Reinstall the shock absorbing rubber assemblies 4 Reinstall the transparent cover PM 11 10...

Страница 1270: ...elow 2 Reinstall the antistatic brush assembly 3 Mount the side positioning conveyor unit onto the housing u NOTE u Exercise care not to bring the upper portion of the side positioning conveyor unit i...

Страница 1271: ...hed in the pin lower for retaining with the subscanning unit is inserted into its retained position 5 Push in the upper portion of the side positioning conveyor unit horizontally u NOTE u Push the sid...

Страница 1272: ...rations in the step 7 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 7 Connect the connector 8 Carry out the operations in the steps 9 to 11 from the direction indicated by the arrow in...

Страница 1273: ...12 Carry out the operations in the steps 13 and 14 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 13 Attach the screws 14 Connect the connector 15 Check to ensure that the grounding cab...

Страница 1274: ...led replace it with a new one Wipe the light collecting surface of the light collecting guide until the lens cleaning paper becomes no longer soiled Wipe the light collecting guide assembly in one dir...

Страница 1275: ...3 Secure the upper light collecting guide in place 4 Connect the connectors u NOTE u The CN2 should be connected at right angles to the board If not the connector of the board might be damaged 5 Check...

Страница 1276: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 75 PM 75 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 12 2 Nothing...

Страница 1277: ...it into the subscanning unit u NOTES u Exercise care not to bring the upper portion of the post reading conveyor unit into contact with the ceiling of the housing shadowed portion in the figure when r...

Страница 1278: ...ations in the steps 5 and 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 5 Secure the screws 6 Connect the connector 7 Carry out the operations in the steps 8 and 9 from the direction...

Страница 1279: ...wise damaged If the lens cleaning paper becomes soiled replace it with a new one Wipe the light collecting surface of the light collecting guide until the lens cleaning paper becomes no longer soiled...

Страница 1280: ...light collecting guide in place 13 Connect the connectors u NOTE u The CN2 should be connected at right angles to the board If not the connector of the board might be damaged 14 Reinstall the retaini...

Страница 1281: ...p assembly differ between 20001 or later and 50001 or later however removal procedures are same 1 Remove the lamp assembly u NOTES u When handling the lamp assembly wear gloves so that the filter loca...

Страница 1282: ...Erasure Conveyor Unit PM 13 3 1 Open the guide 2 Remove the erasure conveyor unit u NOTE u When puling out and transporting the erasure conveyor unit take hold of the designated portions to perform t...

Страница 1283: ...e the guide 2 Remove the IP switchback assembly 3 Clean the guides and shock absorbing rollers by use of a vacuum cleaner u NOTE u When disassembling the IP switchback assembly do not apply excessive...

Страница 1284: ...the reflection plate guide l CHECK 1 When attaching the reflection plate guide make sure that there is no gap between the reflection plate guide and the guides 2 Clean the reflection face and guides w...

Страница 1285: ...M 84 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 13 5 Cleaning the Shock Absorbing Roller and Guide 1 Remove the shock absorbing roller assembly and guide 2 Clean the shock absorbing rollers and guide by use of a v...

Страница 1286: ...by use of a vacuum cleaner 5 Reinstall the shock absorbing roller assembly and guides in reverse order of removal PM 13 6 13 6 Removing the Latch Drive Unit 1 Carry out the operations in the steps 2 t...

Страница 1287: ...FM5540 3 Remove the timing belt and the timing belt wheels u NOTE u Remove the two timing belt wheels in parallel If only one is to be removed the latch of the wheel gets damaged 4 Remove the spacers...

Страница 1288: ...8E 09 30 2009 FM5540 7 Remove the grip arm reference side 8 Carry out the operations in the steps 9 to 11 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 9 Remove the screw 10 Remove the...

Страница 1289: ...s 13 to 17 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 13 Remove the timing belt and the timing belt wheels u NOTE u Remove the two timing belt wheels in parallel If only one is to b...

Страница 1290: ...16 Remove the bracket 17 Remove the grip arm opposite reference side 18 Carry out the operations in the steps 19 to 21 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 19 Remove the brack...

Страница 1291: ...u When the spur gear is rotated the latch assembly moves inward Unless the spur gear has moved to a specified position the latch of the latch assembly might get damaged when the latch drive unit is re...

Страница 1292: ...011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 25 Carry out the operations in the step 26 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 26 Remove the latch drive unit PM 13 7 13 7 Cleaning the Rubber...

Страница 1293: ...h assembly reference side 3 Carry out the operations in the steps 4 and 5 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 4 Remove the screw 5 Remove the screws 6 Carry out the operation...

Страница 1294: ...punches inside the side plate u NOTE u Remove the guide carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the guide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be removed 9 Carry...

Страница 1295: ...backward u NOTE u Move the guide backward carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the guide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be removed 14 Remove the guide wh...

Страница 1296: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 95 PM 95 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 15 Clean the guides by use of a vacuum cleaner 16 Clean the rubber rollers with a moistened cloth PM 13 8...

Страница 1297: ...NOTE u Insert the guide carefully not to allow the guide to tilt laterally If the guide is tilted it might get caught with the side plate and cannot be installed 2 Insert the tip of the guide between...

Страница 1298: ...h the screws 5 Attach the screws 6 Carry out the operations in the steps 7 and 8 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 7 Insert the guide while keeping clear of the half punche...

Страница 1299: ...p of the guide onto the half punch in the side plate 9 Carry out the operations in the step 10 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 10 Check to ensure that the tip of the guid...

Страница 1300: ...M 99 PM 99 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 11 Carry out the operations in the steps 12 and 13 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 12 Attach the screw 13 Attach the screws 14 Re...

Страница 1301: ...tch assembly reference side 2 Rotate the spur gear of the latch drive unit to the position indicated by the arrow u NOTE u When the spur gear is rotated the latch assembly moves inward Unless the spur...

Страница 1302: ...3 Carry out the operations in the steps 4 to 6 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 4 Reinstall the latch drive unit 5 Rotate the spur gear of the latch drive unit fully coun...

Страница 1303: ...8 and 9 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 8 Attach the screws 9 Attach the screws 10 Carry out the operations in the steps 11 and 12 from the direction indicated by the ar...

Страница 1304: ...the operations in the steps 14 to 23 from the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure below 14 Verify the attachment locations of the cam and the spur gear 15 Reinstall the grip arm opposite r...

Страница 1305: ...ur gear in the orientation where the engraving B is visible 19 Attach the bearing and the spur gear u NOTE u Pay attention to the orientation of attaching the bearing 20 Check to ensure that the latch...

Страница 1306: ...Manual PM 105 PM 105 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 22 Reinstall the timing belt and the timing belt wheels 23 Check to ensure that the latch of the spur gear gets caught in the groove of the rod and...

Страница 1307: ...low 25 Reinstall the timing belt REFERENCE The timing belt B is mounted in the passage indicated in the figure below 26 Reinstall the tension coil spring 27 Attach the screw u NOTE u Tension of the ti...

Страница 1308: ...ndicated by the arrow in the figure below 29 Verify the attachment locations of the cam and the spur gear 30 Reinstall the grip arm reference side 31 Attach the spur gear 32 Reinstall the bracket u NO...

Страница 1309: ...30 2009 FM5540 33 Reinstall the spacers and bearings REFERENCE All of four spacers to be installed are of the same size 34 Put the erasure conveyor unit in such an orientation as illustrated below 35...

Страница 1310: ...spur gear gets caught in the groove of the rod and does not come off 37 Verify the attachment of the housing and the bearing from the bottom of the erasure conveyor unit u NOTE u Check to ensure that...

Страница 1311: ...Manual PM 110 PM 110 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 13 10 Cleaning the Antistatic Members PM 13 11 1 Clean the antistatic members by use of a vacuum cleaner 13 11 Reinstalling the Erasure Conveyor Unit...

Страница 1312: ...TE u When installing the erasure conveyor unit take hold of the designated portions to perform the procedures If you grasp the rollers guides or other portions they may be deformed 3 Close the guide 4...

Страница 1313: ...p Assembly 14 1 Cleaning Replacing the Lamps 20001 or later 1 Remove the filter 2 Remove the lamps u NOTES u Remove the lamps in such order as illustrated below While avoiding the tab of the lamp asse...

Страница 1314: ...Service Manual PM 113 PM 113 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Clean the reflection plate with a moistened cloth 4 Reinstall the lamps u NOTE u Install the lamps in such order as illustrated below PM 14...

Страница 1315: ...PM 114 PM 114 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 14 2 Cleaning the Filter 20001 or later PM 14 6 1 Clean the guides by use of a vacuum cleaner 2 Clean the filter with a moistened cloth 3 Reinstall the filt...

Страница 1316: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 115 PM 115 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 14 3 Replacing the Filter 20001 or later PM 14 6 1 Replace the filter 2 Reinstall the filter and reflection plates...

Страница 1317: ...202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 14 4 Cleaning the Filter 50001 or later PM 14 6 1 Clean the filter with a moistened cloth 14 5 Replacing the Lamp Assembly 50001 or later PM 14 6 1 Disconnect the connectors...

Страница 1318: ...PM 117 PM 117 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Remove the lamp temperature sensor THE1 4 Disconnect the connectors 5 Remove the board assembly and replace the lamp assembly 6 Assemble the lamp assembly...

Страница 1319: ...he shapes of lamp assembly differ between 20001 or later and 50001 or later however reinstallation procedures are same 1 Reinstall the lamp assembly u INSTRUCTION u When handling the lamp assembly tak...

Страница 1320: ...PM 119 PM 119 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 15 Cleaning Inside the Machine PM 16 1 Using a vacuum cleaner remove dust deposited inside the machine 16 Turning ON the High Voltage Switch PM 17 1 Turn ON...

Страница 1321: ...s of one year Clean all of the eight louvers attached on the machine 2 Reinstall the covers by reversing their removal procedures 20001 or later PM 5 2 PM 5 3 PM 5 4 50001 or later PM 5 2 PM 5 3 PM 5...

Страница 1322: ...o be installed in the patient environment see APPENDIX 1 ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING IN Appendix 1_Additional Protective Grounding 1 Connect the power cable to the machine and place the breaker sw...

Страница 1323: ...reversing the procedures for unlocking the retainers PM 4 1_Unlocking the Retainers 19 3 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding PM 20 1 Check that the power cable and additional protective ground...

Страница 1324: ...ty n Procedure 1 Using the CR mammography cassette selected above erase the enclosed IP using the Secondary Erase mode 2 Position the cassette for non grid exposure centered so the x ray beam covers t...

Страница 1325: ...ine service PM or whenever CR reader PMT calibration is suspect u NOTE u This is a test of the CR Reader and needs to be conducted using only one exposure unit per Reader n Required Test Equipment Cal...

Страница 1326: ...d S value 83 Corrected S value 30 0mR 20mR X 83 124 5 9 Record the corrected S value on the chart n Precautions and Caveats The measurement of 20 mR requires a highly sensitive and accurate mR meter C...

Страница 1327: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 126 PM 126 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 LASER PERFORMANCE TEST Comments SENSITIVITY CONFORMATION Comments PM 22...

Страница 1328: ...PM 23 1 Check the error log PM 2 1_Checking the Error Log 23 Resetting the Erasure Lamp Lighting Time When the erasure lamps are replaced be sure to reset the erasure lamp lighting time 1 Open the MA...

Страница 1329: ...ervice Manual PM 128 PM 128 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 24 Reset the number that pumps are used 1 Open the EDIT HISTORY window 2 Select the Minor Change History tab to reset the number that the pump...

Страница 1330: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 129 PM 129 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1331: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 130 PM 130 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1332: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PM 131 PM 131 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1333: ...FM4181 1 2 21 35 Appx IN 3 8 11 15 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 2 4 31 Appx IN 13 20 05 09 2005 05 Corrections FM4610 32 34 Appx IN 8 09 30 2008 07 Revision FM5340 8 9 28 29 09 30 2009 08E Revision FM55...

Страница 1334: ...Code CR IR 363 n Dimensions W655 D740 H1480 mm n Weight 270 kg approx n Means for Moving and Fixing the Machine Moving Double wheel caster variable direction no brake x4 Fixing Adjustable foot x4 Mach...

Страница 1335: ...the Cables 5 1 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking Resistance Value 5 2 Connecting the Interface Cable A 4 4 Installing the Cover 6 Final Placement 6 2 Securing the Machine 6 1 Securing the Cable...

Страница 1336: ...Additional Protective Grounding If the RU is installed in the patient environment with the connected equipment in the non medically used room the additional protective grounding will be required Defin...

Страница 1337: ...ged for machines of 20451 or later The changes are as follows 1 The protective plates and the lift insertion instruction labels are added to the front and rear faces on the lower part of the crate 2 T...

Страница 1338: ...be removed first Otherwise the crate may topple down causing you injury The removed crate should be moved away to an unobstructive place 4 Remove the screws from the crate 5 Incline the crate to take...

Страница 1339: ...pallet REFERENCES After the top plate is removed break up the crate and put the resulting pieces together for conveyance Because the crate is assembled with nails hit it with a hammer or the like fro...

Страница 1340: ...he machine retainers could not be removed 10 Remove the machine retainers on the right hand side When the four nuts are loosened the machine retainers lower accordingly so that the machine moves down...

Страница 1341: ...nut is loosened the machine may incline by its own weight So use care not to get your finger pinched by the machine retainer or adjustable foot 12 Secure the top plate removed at step 6 onto the carri...

Страница 1342: ...ow the machine to stand under its cover attached condition for sufficient time before unpacking it If the vinyl cover is removed immediately after the machine is carried into the room moisture condens...

Страница 1343: ...te 1 Move down the machine together with the carrier pallet from the load carrying platform of the truck REFERENCE The following label is attached to the crate In case of machines for China a label in...

Страница 1344: ...the machine 5 Remove the top plate from the crate CAUTION The top plate should not be disassembled because it will be used when lowering the machine from the carrier pallet REFERENCES After the top p...

Страница 1345: ...move the accessories containing bug 7 Remove the lower portion of the barrier bag that protects the machine 8 Lower the adjustable feet bolts to lift up the machine CAUTION Unless the machine is lifte...

Страница 1346: ...sened the machine may incline by its own weight So use care not to get your finger pinched by the machine retainer or adjustable foot 10 Remove the machine retainers on the left hand side When the fou...

Страница 1347: ...2 Raise the adjustable feet up to their upper limit 13 Remove the vinyl cover that protects the machine u INSTRUCTION u During the winter season allow the machine to stand under its cover attached con...

Страница 1348: ...3 2 3 Unloading 50001 or Later Other than countries specifying the crate 1 Move down the machine together with the carrier pallet from the load carrying platform of the truck 2 Cut the PP band and rem...

Страница 1349: ...move the accessories containing bug 5 Remove the lower portion of the barrier bag that protects the machine 6 Lower the adjustable feet bolts to lift up the machine CAUTION Unless the machine is lifte...

Страница 1350: ...sened the machine may incline by its own weight So use care not to get your finger pinched by the machine retainer or adjustable foot 8 Remove the machine retainers on the left hand side When the four...

Страница 1351: ...Raise the adjustable feet up to their upper limit 11 Remove the vinyl cover that protects the machine u INSTRUCTION u During the winter season allow the machine to stand under its cover attached cond...

Страница 1352: ...ear of the machine If the plastic portion of the machine s front is grasped the machine may be damaged When the machine should be moved over some step or bump move it as slowly as possible to avoid sh...

Страница 1353: ...sult Sheet 1 Machine specific data floppy diskette 1 3 5 inch 1 44 MB CD ROM 1 For backup Fuse set 1 Spare Clamp 2 Insulock tie 2 Label 1 Cassette insert operation label 1 Exposure markers precaution...

Страница 1354: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual IN 21 IN 21 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Installation Procedures 4 1 Removing Tapes from the Machine 1 Remove the tapes l 20001 or Later l 50001 or Later...

Страница 1355: ...009 FM5540 4 2 Removing the Light Protect Plates 1 Remove the lower front cover 2 Remove the lower light protect plate 4 3 Repositioning the Retaining Members REFERENCE The retaining members may be re...

Страница 1356: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual IN 23 IN 23 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 2 Reposition the lower retaining members 3 Reposition the lower retaining members...

Страница 1357: ...IR 363 Service Manual IN 24 IN 24 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 4 Attach the screws and upper retaining member 4 4 Installing the Cover 1 Install the lower light protect plate 2 Install the front cov...

Страница 1358: ...ts stated below Using the cables not corresponding to the conditions below may cause an electric shock or a fire For the U S and Canada UL listed detachable power cable Hospital Grade plug Cable wire...

Страница 1359: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual IN 26 IN 26 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 3 Place the breaker switch in the OFF position...

Страница 1360: ...ble only UTP type straight LAN cable of Category 5E or more should be used 1 Connect the I F cable to the I F cable connector of the machine l Without remote power controller option l With remote powe...

Страница 1361: ...g CAUTION Do not tie or bundle the power cable in such a manner that it is overloaded 1 Plug the power cable into the outlet 6 2 Securing the Machine 1 Secure the four adjustable feet down onto the fl...

Страница 1362: ...ndows Vista confirm the followings before installation The version of PC TOOL is V4 0 or later The UAC User Account Control is set to OFF If the UAC is set to ON set it to OFF install the PC TOOL and...

Страница 1363: ...ause the IP address of the FTP server has not been set yet it takes about three minutes until the main screen appears REFERENCE If your touch is accepted by the panel a beep alarm sound is generated u...

Страница 1364: ...011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 5 Set the IP address of the FTP server u NOTE u Enter the IP address of the CL 8 2 Setting the CL and Checking Connection 1 Execute Network Check u NOTE u In the case of...

Страница 1365: ...D ROM drive of the CL 2 Click on INSTALL 3 Click on NEXT 4 Click on Install 5 When Install is completed click on Finish u NOTE u The step 6 need not be carried out when the CL has been rebooted after...

Страница 1366: ...Version IN 8 4 1 2 Checking Configuration of the CL 1 IN 8 4 2 3 Checking Configuration of the CL 2 IN 8 4 3 4 Checking Configuration of the CL 3 IN 8 4 4 5 Checking Configuration of the CL 4 IN 8 4...

Страница 1367: ...ting Between Reader and Console is 1 N N u NOTE u If the setting is 0 1 1 the machine does not convey the IP and logs error code 11510 because the setting is out of the machine specification 8 4 3 Che...

Страница 1368: ...Setup Configuration Item screen navigate CONFIG CONNECTING EQUIPMENT and make sure that the RU has been registered in the READER attribute 8 4 5 Checking Configuration of the CL 4 1 If multiple CL s a...

Страница 1369: ...nager and click on Default FTP Site of Internet Information Services to make sure that virtual directories have been created for respective RU s and their paths have been specified 8 4 7 Checking FTP...

Страница 1370: ...e IP Address of the RU and IP Address of the FTP Server that have been set in the RU IN 8 1_Setting the IP Address of the RU 8 5 Installing the RU Software REFERENCE This section describes the procedu...

Страница 1371: ...r 172 16 1 11 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost 0 0 loss l NO GOOD indication Other than above u NOTE u In the case of NO GOOD indication Troubleshooting 6 Click on INSTALL 7 Click on OK 8 Select INSTALL...

Страница 1372: ...SET CAUTION The warm up function and the dummy cassette detection function are available as an option for only the units used in Japan If the machine is used outside Japan always set to OFF REFERENCE...

Страница 1373: ...EDIT CL NAME screen see 4 3 13 EDIT CL NAME of the Maintenance Utility volume MU 4 3 13_EDIT CL NAME 13 Confirm the installation precautions CAUTIONS While data is being written into the FLASH ROM ne...

Страница 1374: ...appears on the CL display 15 Verify that writing into the FLASH ROM has been completed and press the Enter key u NOTE u The following screen may fail to open due to an application error If the follow...

Страница 1375: ...9 30 2009 FM5540 17 Check the version of the RU software and close Setup PC TOOL u NOTE u In the case of NO GOOD indication return to step 1 and perform install procedures all over again 18 Turn OFF t...

Страница 1376: ...d 1 Check to ensure that the READY screen appears 2 Perform Secondary Erasure on the spontaneous radiation and image accumulated on the IP to be used Instruction Manual 3 Perform IP exposures u NOTE u...

Страница 1377: ...y dose 20 mR Maximum size IP of 18 x24 HR BD or 24 x30 HR BD size Reference conditions Distance 0 55 m Voltage 25 Kv Amperage 100 mA Time 0 053 sec 9 2 Image Conveyance Checks u NOTE u Because the MEN...

Страница 1378: ...e of such nonuniformity Troubleshooting l If positions of uneven density difference are different The X ray tube may be the cause of such nonuniformity 4 Check the image format Make sure that the whit...

Страница 1379: ...monitor and covers of the CL with a dry cloth 2 Clean the covers of the RU with a moistened cloth CAUTION Ensure cloth is free of residual water and water does not enter the device 3 Peel the seal of...

Страница 1380: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual IN 47 IN 47 011 202 08E 09 30 2009 FM5540 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1381: ...Used Room Room equipped with protective grounding medical use outlet or medical use grounding terminal implemented by the medical grounding method The protective grounding inside the medically used r...

Страница 1382: ...the EDIT CL NAME screen see 4 3 13 EDIT CL NAME of the Maintenance Utility volume MU 4 3 13_EDIT CL NAME 1 Additionally Registering the Master CL Procedures on the CL1 1 Turn ON the power of the CL 2...

Страница 1383: ...tart menu of Windows 5 Select Run from the Start menu of Windows When the dialog opens type C Program Files FujiFilm FCR TOOL RuPcTool RuPcTool exe and click on the OK button 6 From LIST OF EXISTING R...

Страница 1384: ...Master CL 8 Close the RU PC TOOL window 2 Registering the RU Procedures on the CL2 1 Start the Service Utility FCR XG 1 CR CL Service Manual Maintenance Utility MU 1 Starting and Exiting the Service U...

Страница 1385: ...k information is now completed 3 Registering the Machine Information CONNECTING EQUIPMENT 1 Click on CONNECTING EQUIPMENT in the Setup Configuration Item window 2 Click on The Connecting Equipment dia...

Страница 1386: ...Exiting Service Utility 1 From the Config F menu in the Setup Configuration Item window select Save V The save confirmation window appears FR9H7110 EPS 2 Click on The setup is saved 3 From the Config...

Страница 1387: ...the power of the RU 3 Touch the Utility button 4 Touch the Master CL Setting button on the 1 2 tag 5 Touch the icon of CL2 and hit the OK button REFERENCE The power of the RU automatically turns OFF a...

Страница 1388: ...e retainers 1 Components of Anti Topple Retainer Kit No Name Qty Remarks 1 Cover front 1 350N2873 2 Bracket front 1 356N9407 3 Bracket 2 356N9406A 4 Bracket rear 1 356N9534 5 Cover rear 1 350N2874A 6...

Страница 1389: ...determining the locations for embedding the anchor nuts temporarily install the machine and retainers in place and then mark the locations 1 Determine the locations for embedding the anchor nuts Refer...

Страница 1390: ...ne to the location where it is to be secured and then attach the bracket to the rear side of the machine and insert 2mm thick spacers u NOTE u While pressing the bracket downward insert 2mm thick spac...

Страница 1391: ...8 5 Secure the brackets by bolts 6 Attach the bracket to the front side of the machine and insert 2mm thick spacers u NOTE u While pressing the bracket downward insert 2mm thick spacers u INSTRUCTION...

Страница 1392: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx IN 12 Appx IN 12 011 202 01 08 25 2003 FM4098 7 Secure the bracket by bolts 8 Attach the cover brackets...

Страница 1393: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 Appx IN 13 Appx IN 13 Appendix 4 Nothing...

Страница 1394: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 Appx IN 14 Appx IN 14 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1395: ...e plates and the lift insertion instruction labels are added to the front and rear faces on the lower part of the crate in order to prevent the carrier pallet from getting damaged when the lift is to...

Страница 1396: ...embers into the Crate Wooden materials are added to the four corners inside the crate so as to prevent the outer crate from separating from the carrier pallet when the machine is lifted together with...

Страница 1397: ...e special 14 x 17 35 x 43 cm size cassette For details see the Instruction Manual of 15x30 IP adapter u NOTE u Complete the above operation in 20 seconds The operation written above need to be operate...

Страница 1398: ...h the following procedures 1 Start up the User Utility for CL and click on the Menu Setting button The Menu Setting window opens 2 Select the pantomography exposure menu and click on the Edit button T...

Страница 1399: ...rait Format Trimming Reference Position 5 or Center Reference Trimming method Fixed Size and Position u NOTE u GUI varies depending on the versions or models of CL Set the parameters by reference to t...

Страница 1400: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual Appx IN 20 Appx IN 20 011 202 11E 06 29 2012 FM6046 BLANK PAGE...

Страница 1401: ...nual 011 202 04 11 15 2004 FM4425 CR IR 363 Service Manual Performance Check PC 02 20 2004 03 New release FM4181 All pages 11 15 2004 04 Corrections FM4425 1 Control Sheet Revision number Reason Pages...

Страница 1402: ...ving Tapes from the Machine 4 2 Removing the Light Protect Plates 4 3 Repositioning the Retaining Members 4 4 Installing the Cover 5 Connecting the Cables 5 1 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking R...

Страница 1403: ...must be stored as the record of performance check Test equipment _______ Model _______ S N _______ Calibration Due _______ Test equipment _______ Model _______ S N_______ Calibration Due _______ Test...

Страница 1404: ...CR IR 363 Service Manual PC 3 PC 3 011 202 03 02 20 2004 FM4181 BLANK PAGE...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов